océ 8400 series - files.oceusa.com

Océ 8400 Series

System Administration Manual

Copyright

Océ-Technologies B.V. Venlo, The Netherlands © 2000 All rights reserved. No part of this work may be reproduced, copied, adapted, or transmitted in any form or by any means without written permission from Océ.

Océ-Technologies B.V. makes no representation or warranties with respect to the contents hereof and specifically disclaims any implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose. Further, Océ-Technologies B.V. reserves the right to revise this publication and to make changes from time to time in the content hereof without obligation to notify any person of such revision or changes.

Code number 7137247Edition 3.0

Océ-Technologies B.V.

GB

This manual reflects the Océ 8400 Series release 2.4 equipped with the engine release 3.1 and the Océ Power Print Controller release 5.1.

Trademarks

All trademarks of third parties mentioned in this manual are the exclusive property of the respective parties and are hereby respected by Océ-Technologies B.V.

Contents 3

Contents

Chapter 1IntroductionThe Océ 8400 Series 14For whom is this System Administration Manual intended? 15

System Administrators 15Additional Océ documentation 16

Chapter 2The Key Operator SystemWhat you can achieve through KOS 18User interfaces 19

Console settings 20Telnet session 20Keyboard versus operating panel 21

C-KOS functionality 22On-line / Off-line handling 22Advanced C-KOS 23Advanced premature C-KOS 23Job Control System 24Interactive PostScript sessions 24

A guided tour through C-KOS 27Overview of the KOS menu 32

Chapter 3Printer ManagementBacking up the printer configuration 48

Working with user disks 48Making a backup copy of the configuration on floppy disk 52

Printer reports 53Printing a Total Report 53Printing a Configuration Report 54Printing a Logging Report 55Printing a NVS Report 55ASCII Report 56

Reading the printer’s serial number 57Reading the software release number 58

4 Océ 8400 Series System Administration Manual

General printer defaults 59Setting the default print resolution 59Default printing of logical error pages 61Setting the printer time 62Selecting the tray map 64

Automatic controller reboot and standby 65The account function 67

Enabling or disabling accounting 67Copying the account file to floppy disk 68Clearing the account file 69

Tracing data received through an interface 70Data trace 70JAC trace 74Copy trace files to floppy disk 75Delete data trace files from the hard disk 77

Chapter 4Working with the SorterThe Sorter 80

Binmaps 80Specifying the default mapping 81Activating a binmap 83Defining your own binmap 83Document separation 84Next bin not empty 85Sorting of multiple copies 86

Chapter 5Network and interface settingsNetwork configuration 88

Printer name 88TCP/IP parameters 89Netmask 89Ethernet 89DHCP support 90Token Ring 91Router 92SNMP parameters 93NetWare parameters (optional) 94AppleTalk parameters (optional) 98

Interface settings 99Enable or disable a host I/O channel 100

Contents 5

Release or hold an I/O channel queue 101Queue handling of a host I/O channel 102Maximum number of jobs in a queue 103FTP timeout 104Asking for FTP dummy password 105Specifying the ‘lpheader’ paper tray 105Suppressing the LP header 106Specifying the ‘nwheader’ paper tray (optional) 107Suppressing the NetWare header 107

Interface configuration 109Centronics configuration (optional) 109TCP/IP raw socket configuration 110

The interface-context relationship 114Setting the default printer context 115Interface selection 117

Chapter 6PDL parametersPrinter contexts 120PostScript parameters 121

PostScript default input paper tray 121PostScript default duplex printing 122PostScript default output bin 123PostScript default stapling 123PostScript default jogging 124PostScript job timeout 125Printing PostScript error pages 126

PCL5 parameters 127PCL5 default input paper tray 127PCL5 default duplex printing 128PCL5 default output bin 128PCL5 default stapling 129PCL5 default jogging 130PCL5 default page orientation 130PCL5 paper size 132PCL5 default binding edge 133PCL5 default vertical motion index 133PCL5 default font 134PCL5 default symbol set 134PCL5 default font pitch 135PCL5 default font size 136PCL5 quality parameters 136PCL5 default end-of-line control 138PCL5 empty page processing 140


PCL5 horizontal offset 141PCL5 download mode 141

FOL parameters 143FOL command marker 143FOL default input paper tray 144FOL default paper size 145FOL default duplex printing 146FOL default output bin 147FOL default stapling 147FOL default jogging 148FOL default page orientation 149FOL line separator 150FOL form feed control 151FOL carriage return control 151FOL font type 152FOL default font and symbol set 152FOL font point size 154FOL default vertical form length 155FOL default margins 157FOL default multiple-up printing 157FOL error message printing 159FOL font pitch tuning 160

TIFF parameters 166TIFF page size policy 166TIFF default output bin 167TIFF default stapling 168TIFF default jogging 169TIFF default duplex printing 169Printing TIFF error pages 170TIFF clipping 171TIFF rendering 172

IPDS parameters 173IPDS hardware resolution 173IPDS image settings 174IPDS shift image 174IPDS logical page increment 176IPDS fattening 177IPDS font capture 177IPDS install resources 178IPDS install codepages 178IPDS install fonts 179IPDS default font and codepage 180IPDS delete resources 182IPDS delete installed codepages 182IPDS delete installed fonts 183

Contents 7

IPDS delete captured codepages 183IPDS delete captured fonts 184IPDS printer defaults 185IPDS measure unit 185IPDS IBM printer emulation 186IPDS software resolution 187IPDS TCP port number 187IPDS paper input tray 188IPDS default paper output bin 189

Chapter 7Memory tuningMemory tuning 192

Chapter 8Job Automation Control (JAC)Job Automation Control 196The JEC marker 197Selecting the active ART 198Interface-specific SIF settings 199

Selecting a SIF for an interface 200Setting the SIF page length for an interface 200Setting the SIF Carriage Return type for an interface 201

JAC document separation 203Overwrite protection for JAC referable objects 204

Chapter 9The AJC/FOL optionThe AJC/FOL option 206

FOL command marker 206AJC/FOL default duplex or simplex printing 207AJC/FOL default multiple-up printing 208AJC/FOL default paper size 210AJC/FOL default input paper tray 210AJC/FOL default output bin 211AJC/FOL default stapling 212AJC/FOL default jogging 212

The AJC/FOL download settings 213Font information 213Changing the status of a font 213AJC/FOL download mode 214


AJC/FOL permanent mode 215AJC/FOL soft font fattening 216

AJC/FOL PCL4 parameters 217PCL4 default margins 217PCL4 default page orientation 218PCL4 default primary or secondary font and symbol set 219PCL4 default vertical form length 220PCL4 default document separation 221PCL4 raster conversion mode 222PCL4 raster fattening 223PCL4 form feed control 224PCL4 end-of-line control 225PCL4 Escape E control 226

AJC/FOL FOL parameters 227FOL default margins 227FOL default page orientation 228FOL default font and symbol set 229FOL default vertical form length 230FOL carriage return control 231FOL form feed control 232FOL line separator 232FOL export and import mechanism 233FOL interpretation of PCL escape sequences 235FOL default PIF 236FOL error message printing 237The FOL host finish mode 238

Chapter 10Referable objectsReferable objects 240

Fonts 240JAC referable objects 241PDL referable objects 242RO operations with C-KOS 243

Working with user disks 244Compatibility with the Océ FOL printer range 248

Installing fonts 249Installing JAC ROs 251Installing PDL ROs 253Copying JAC ROs to user disk 255

Sequential copying 255Copying a range of JAC ROs 256

Copying PDL ROs to user disk 258

Contents 9

Copying methods for PDL referable objects 258Copying downloaded PDL referable objects 259

Deleting JAC ROs from the hard disk 262Sequential deleting 262Deleting a range of JAC ROs 263

Methods for deleting PDL referable objects 265Deleting sequential 265Deleting all 267

Global PDL delete menu descriptions 268Delete global PostScript referable objects 268Delete global PCL5 referable objects 269Delete global FOL referable objects 269Delete global IPDS referable objects 271

Local PDL delete menu descriptions 272Delete local PostScript referable objects 272Delete local PCL5 referable objects 273Delete local FOL referable objects 274Delete local AJCFOL referable objects 274

Proofing JAC referable objects 276Proofing forms 277Proofing flagsheets 278Proofing ARTs 280Proofing tickets 280Proofing SIFs 281Proofing PagePIFs 282Proofing LayoutPIFs 283

Proofing FOL logos 284

Chapter 11The Job Control SystemThe Job Control System 288Entering and leaving JCS 289Aborting the current job 291Aborting all jobs 292Suspending and resuming jobs 294

Suspending jobs 294Resuming jobs 295

IPDS shift image 296Setting the printer in standby mode 297


Chapter 12Status ReportAn example of a full Status Report 300

A brief overview 300Header 301

Configuration 302Controller 302Engine 303

Settings 304Controller 304

Status 307Controller 307Engine 307

Referable objects 308Print context resources 309

PostScript Resources 309PCL5 Resources 309FOL Resources 310

Abbreviations 312Weight 312Styles for PostScript and FOL 313Styles for PCL5 313

Appendix AOverviews and tablesFactory defaults 324

General configuration defaults 324Communication defaults 325Queuing defaults 329Job Automation Control defaults 329PostScript configuration defaults 331PCL5 configuration defaults 332FOL configuration defaults 333TIFF configuration defaults 334IPDS configuration defaults 335AJC/FOL configuration defaults 336

Contents 11

Appendix BMiscellaneousNotation conventions 340Reader’s comment sheet 341Addresses of local Océ organisations 343Index 345

13

Océ 8400 Series


Chapter 1Introduction

This chapter contains a short description of the Océ 8400 Series printers. Further this chapter defines the readers to who this System Administration Manual is intended and gives an overview of the related documentation.


The Océ 8400 Series

The Océ 8400 Series consists of the Océ 8445 and the Océ 8465. The printers are equipped with the Océ Power Print Controller.

Resolution Both printers can print at 300 or 600 dpi quality. It is possible to switch the resolution between print jobs.

Printing speed The Océ 8445 and Océ 8465 printers differ in speed: the Océ 8445 can print up to 45 pages per minute, the Océ 8465 can print up to 62 pages per minute.

Input and output devices The Océ 8400 Series is equipped with 4 paper input trays. On the paper output side the Océ 8400 Series is equipped with a 20 bin sorter, a stacking/stapling finisher and a separate paper output tray.

Paper formats The engine of the Océ 8400 Series can be configured for either European paper formats or US paper formats. A combination of both European and US paper formats is possible.

Job Automation Control The Océ 8400 Series can optionally be equipped with JAC. JAC enables you to perform additional processing on a print job besides merely printing the print data.

Page Description Languages Depending on the configuration, the printer supports the following PDLs:■ PostScript level 2■ PCL5e■ FOL■ TIFF■ IPDS■ AJC/FOL.

For more information on the specifications of the Océ 8400 Series, refer to the Océ 8400 Series System Operation Manual.

Introduction 15

For whom is this System Administration Manual intended?

The Océ 8400 Series System Administration Manual is meant for the System Administrators of the Océ 8445 or Océ 8465. This manual contains all the information regarding the advanced configuration and handling of the Océ 8400 Series printers.

System Administrators

The System Administrator is a special trained person, who performs the following tasks:■ advanced printer management, e.g. backup and reboot■ installing Referable Objects, such as fonts and JAC objects■ configuring advanced settings■ installing and maintaining a PCI.


Additional Océ documentation

The Océ 8400 Series System Operation Manual describes the engine-related configuration of the printer, as well as the procedures concerning daily maintenance. This manual is supplied with the printer.

The Océ Power Print Controller Technical Reference Manual contains all information for configuration and programming the printer.

The implementation of the Page Description Languages is described in separate Océ manuals:■ Océ Power Print Controller PostScript Reference Guide■ Océ Power Print Controller PCL5e Reference Guide■ Océ Power Print Controller FOL Reference Guide■ Océ Power Print Controller TIFF Reference Guide■ Océ Power Print Controller IPDS Reference Guide■ Océ Power Print Controller AJC/FOL Reference Guide.

All manuals are available in PDF format on the Océ 8400 Series User Documentation CD-ROM.

17

Océ 8400 Series


Chapter 2The Key Operator System

This chapter explains how to work with the Key Operator System and provides an overview of all KOS options.You cannot access all functions of the Key Operator System via the printer’s operating panel, e.g., if alphanumeric input is required. To access these functions, you can connect a terminal device to the printer. This chapter tells you how to do so and informs you on the extra functionality that the terminal device provides.


What you can achieve through KOS

The Key Operator System or KOS allows you to access advanced functions when the printer is off-line. Some of these settings can be overruled by JAC commands and PDL commands in the print files.

This is what you can achieve through KOS:

■ read the release number and the serial number of the printer■ perform basic maintenance such as adjusting the exposure, and registering

added toner bottles■ set defaults such as bin mappings, maximum output bin level, time outs and

so on■ specify interface settings■ specify PDL defaults■ handle referable objects: copying to floppy disk, deleting etc.■ proof forms, flagsheets, tickets, etc.■ read error counters and print a Status Report■ make a backup copy of the printer configuration.

Though it is only meant to be used by System Administrators of the printer, KOS is very user-friendly. You can communicate interactively with the display on the operating panel of the printer.

The Key Operator System 19

User interfaces

The Océ 8400 Series basically has two points of User Interaction. Therefore, it is important for you to understand which point of user interaction is required to perform a specific task or function.

The operating panel of the printer engine is used to carry out normal operational user interaction. This graphical operating panel can be used for engine related actions (E-KOS) as well as engine related error recovery (e.g. paper jam handling). The following modes of operation are distinguished: Normal User mode, E-KOS mode, and Limited E-KOS mode. For more information on E-KOS refer to the Océ 8400 Series System Operation Manual.

Controller related system settings (C-KOS) require a terminal connection to the printer controller. This terminal connection can be established directly by connecting a terminal or PC. Another way of connecting a terminal to the system is via a Telnet session. How to set up the connections is explained in this chapter.

[1] User interfaces

Operatingpanel

Telnet session

VT100 terminal

Network

Serial cable


Console settingsA VT100 terminal or a PC running a program which simulates a VT100 can be used to connect to the printer.

▼▼▼▼ Connecting a VT100 terminal or a PC to the printer:

1 Connect the PC or VT100 terminal with a serial cable (null-modem) to the 9-pins serial connector on the front of the printer (port B).

2 In case of a terminal emulation on PC; start your terminal emulation program. In MS-Windows 95/98 you can use HyperTerminal (VT220 compatible). The settings which are required for the terminal session are:

3 Always exit C-KOS before you switch of the VT100 terminal or quit the emulation program.

Note: Linefeed characters are ignored. If a VT100 terminal emulation is used, the settings for handling the backspace character should be non destructive, e.g. when the display of a function to change for instance the printer name doesn’t work correctly, look at the setting of the backspace character.

Telnet session

Telnet can be used to connect to the printer. Via Telnet it is possible to interact with the printer in the same way as is done via a VT100 connection. The port number to be used is set to port 7000. The port number can not be changed.

▼▼▼▼ Starting a Telnet session

1 Start a Telnet session with the local procedures, e.g. from Unix, Mac or Windows.

Baud rate 9600 baud

Data bits 8 bits

Stop bits 1 bits

Parity none

Hardware handshake none

Software handshake Xon/Xoff

Local echo off

[2] Terminal settings


2 Open the connection by entering the IP address or the alias of the printer (‘telnet <hostname | ip-address> 7000’).

3 Always exit C-KOS before you quit the Telnet session.

Note: The Telnet session must be in character mode (how this is done depends on the Telnet program).

After the connection has been made the following message will be displayed on build-in the operating panel of the printer:

Diagnostic terminal connected

A maximum of 4 simultaneous Telnet sessions and 1 VT100 terminal connection is possible. All 5 clients may simultaneously monitor the printer status.

Note: Only one client can work in printer off-line mode.

Keyboard versus operating panel

Instead of the operating panel keys, you will use a keyboard. The mapping between operating panel and keyboard is shown in the table below.

Operating panel Keyboard

Line key Escape or ^[

Continue key Enter or <CR>

Clear key Backspace or ^H

[3] Key binding map for the terminal


C-KOS functionality

The printer is configured and controlled through the Controller Key Operator System (C-KOS). C-KOS includes functions to read counters, modify printer settings and perform operations on configuration items and printer resources. C-KOS also provides job queue management functions such as setting an input queue ‘on hold’ or ‘released’.

C-KOS can be accessed by putting the printer off-line. Putting the printer off-line during the ‘Idle’ state, or when the printer is processing jobs, gives you different parts of the total KOS functionality.

The different C-KOS environments that can be distinguished are in short:

■ Advanced C-KOS (see page 23)■ Advanced premature C-KOS (see page 23)■ Job Control System (see page 24).

Note: All available KOS entries are visible in the different environments. When an entry is not accessible the system will tell you in which KOS environment the entry can be found.

On-line / Off-line handlingDue to the fact that the Océ 8400 Series printers have two interaction points (engine and terminal connection) you should pay special attention to the on-line and off-line handling of the printer.

The printer can be put off-line from both interaction points. If the printer is put off-line using the operating panel the printer also has to be put on-line using the operating panel.

When the printer is put off-line using a VT100 terminal or Telnet session the printer has to be put on-line using the same console session.


After the printer is put off-line a window like the one below is shown.

[4] Terminal sample screen for the Océ 8400 Series

Note: The entries regarding the Service Diagnostic System (SDS) are for special trained Océ employees only.

Advanced C-KOSAdvanced C-KOS is accessed by connecting a VT100 terminal or setting up a Telnet session to the printer. Select KOS to enter advanced C-KOS. This Key Operating System (KOS) on the terminal provides some extra menus that are not available via the printer’s operating panel, for example because they require alphanumerical input. They allow you amongst others to:

■ set the JEC marker sign■ define PDL defaults■ perform network configuration.

Advanced premature C-KOS

Advanced premature C-KOS is accessed by connecting a VT100 terminal or setting up a Telnet session to the printer. Advanced premature C-KOS can be accessed during the boot process of the printer or when the printer is ‘Idle’. Select ‘PREKOSSDS’ to enter advanced premature C-KOS.

PRODUCT: OCE 8465 R2.4 SERIALNUMBER: 10

[ UIH ]

0: EXIT1: KOS2: SDS

3: PREKOSSDS4: EXECUTIVE5: STANDBY

Your choice [0..5]: _


In the advanced premature C-KOS mode, limited functionality is offered. Nevertheless, a number of functions are available different from the regular operating mode. In advanced premature C-KOS it is, for example, possible to delete a print job that can not be deleted in JCS.

Normally, when the printer starts up without any errors or user interaction, the user interface will be in a regular operating mode. However, after a configuration error or when you press <enter> at start-up stage [60] of the boot sequence, the user interface will start up in advanced premature KOS mode.

Attention: Advanced premature C-KOS mode is a diagnostics mode and should be used with care. You enter advanced premature C-KOS when the printer is booting. The C-KOS menu in advanced premature C-KOS mode is different from the one you normally see when the printer is idle. When you exit advanced premature C-KOS, the printer will restart or reboot. You cannot print from the advanced premature C-KOS mode as the printer is not completely initialised yet.

Job Control System

When the printer is put to off-line state while processing jobs or in error, the Job Control System (JCS) can be accessed.

In JCS you can abort, suspend and resume print jobs, and perform a shutdown of the controller. For more information about JCS refer to chapter 11, ‘The Job Control System’ on page 287.

Note: JCS can be accessed from a terminal connection or the operating panel.

Interactive PostScript sessions

Using the terminal, you can also work interactively with the PostScript interpreter in the Océ 8400 Series.

The ‘EXECUTIVE’ menu option enables you to connect directly to the PostScript interpreter. This menu option is only available on the Océ 8400 Series printer, if the printer contains a PostScript interpreter in one of the contexts.


‘******’ means that it is not applicable whether this context contains a PostScript PDL or even no PDL at all.

▼▼▼▼ To connect directly to the PostScript interpreter:

1 Select ‘EXECUTIVE’.The following message appears:

Start Interactive Executive Mode? 1:YES

2 Press <1> and <Enter>.

The Océ 8400 Series responds with a copyright message, followed by the ‘PS>’ prompt. Each time the printer displays this prompt, it waits for the user to type a complete PostScript statement.

▼▼▼▼ To work interactively with the PostScript interpreter:

1 Type your PostScript statement.2 Press <Enter> to execute it.

A new ‘PS>’ prompt appears.

Print con-text 1

Print con-text 2

Print con-text 3

Executive mode

PostScript PDL

other PDL ****** interacts with PostScript PDL in print context 1

other PDL PostScript PDL

****** interacts with PostScript PDL in print context 2

other PDL other PDL PostScript PDL

interacts with PostScript PDL in print context 3

other PDL not available not available EXECUTIVE menu not available

other PDL other PDL not available EXECUTIVE menu not available

other PDL other PDL other PDL EXECUTIVE menu not available

[5] Availability of interactive PostScript (Executive mode)


Incorrect commands will be reported by the PostScript interpreter.

Before pressing <Enter>, you can make corrections in your PostScript statements by use of the following keys or key combinations:

■ Backspace: erases the character left of the cursor ■ Delete: erases the character left of the cursor■ <CTRL>H: erases the character left of the cursor■ <CTRL>U: erases the current line.

▼▼▼▼ To quit the EXECUTIVE mode:

1 Press <CTRL>E.The following message appears:

PS Executive: Ready

2 Press <Enter>.

The printer returns to normal menu selection mode.

When at that moment an operational error exists at the printer engine (e.g. a paper jam), be sure to first recover this error. Otherwise, the system will wait at this stage until the error is recovered. The system will not report this operational error.

If the ‘EXECUTIVE’ mode is not quit via <CTRL>E, but due to an internal error, the following message appears:

PS executive:Failed

Note: For key combinations as <CTRL>H: hold the “<CTRL>” key down, and press “H”. Next, release both keys.

You can find more details on working interactively with the PostScript interpreter in the ‘PostScript Language Reference Manual, Second Edition’.


A guided tour through C-KOS

The example procedure below will guide you through the Controller Key Operator System and teach you how to perform all the required steps, such as logging on to C-KOS, scrolling through the menu, changing settings and logging out. Feel free to access the printer using telnet or terminal and perform all actions while you are reading this section. It will enable you to become quickly familiar with C-KOS.

Logging on to C-KOS You have to be an authorised System Administrator of the printer to use C-KOS. Therefore, access to C-KOS may be restricted by a password.

The password will be assigned to you by the Océ service engineer during the installation of the printer. The procedure below describes how to log on to C-KOS.

1 Make sure the printer is idle or suspended. This means that ‘Idle’ or ‘Suspended’ is displayed on the alphanumeric display. If not, the printer is still processing. Wait until the printer has finished or suspend the job.

2 Press <line> to switch the printer off-line.The following message appears on the display:

Off-line, press LINE to switch on-line

3 Press <continue>.You entered now the User Interface Handler (UIH). The following menu is displayed:

[UIH]

0 :EXIT1 :KOS

2 :SDS3 :PREKOSSDS4 :EXECUTIVE

5 :SHUTDOWN

Your choice [0-5]:

This menu contains six options. The options are numbered. To select an option, you have to type the corresponding number.


4 Press <1> to select the ‘KOS’ option and press <continue> to confirm your selection.■ If you are allowed not to use a password, the C-KOS top menu is displayed.

Go to step 7.■ If C-KOS is password-protected, the following message is displayed:

Please enter C-KOS password

5 Type your password. The password does not appear on the display as you are typing. If you think you have made a mistake, press <clear> and type your password again. Press <continue> to confirm.■ If you have entered your password correctly, the C-KOS top menu is

displayed. Go to step 7.■ If you have entered an incorrect password, the following message is

displayed:

Unknown Password, enter again

6 Type your password again and press <continue> to confirm. There is no limit to the number of ‘attempts’.

7 The top C-KOS menu is displayed:

[UIH KOS]

0 :EXIT-KOS1 :SETTINGS

2 :CONFIG 3 :RO-OPER4 :PRINTREP

5 :JOB

Your choice [0-5]:

The C-KOS top menu has 6 options to choose from: ‘EXIT-KOS’, ‘SETTINGS’, ‘CONFIG’, ‘RO-OPER’, ‘PRINTREP’ and ‘JOB’.

At the end of this chapter, you will find an overview of the complete C-KOS menu.

Selecting a menu option The options in each menu are numbered. To select an option, you have to enter the number of that option.


8 Press <1> to select the ‘SETTINGS’ menu and press <continue> to confirm.The ‘SETTINGS’ menu is displayed:

[UIH:KOS:SETTINGS]

0 :TOP1 :PREVIOUS

2 :FRONTEND3 :ENGINE

Your choice [0-3]

All sub menus have the ‘TOP’ and ‘PREVIOUS’ options.

■ The ‘TOP’ option allows you to return to the top C-KOS menu from any sub menu. ‘TOP’ is always option 0.

■ The ‘PREVIOUS’ option allows you to go back to the previous menu. ‘PREVIOUS’ is always option 1.

Reading information Some of the menu options provide you with information about the status of the printer. The following example procedure teaches you how to read the current default print resolution for the first print context. In this example, the FOL PDL is configured for the first print context.

9 Select ‘FRONTEND’ from the ‘SETTINGS’ menu.The ‘FRONTEND’ menu is displayed.

10 Select ‘PDL’ from this menu.11 Select ‘FOL-1’ and then ‘RESMODE’.

The display shows the current default resolution, for example:

Resolution FOL-1 = 2 (600 dpi) :

The default resolution for this print context is 600 dpi.

Viewing the range of valid input options You may want to change the current default resolution. If the above message is displayed, you can scroll through the valid options by pressing <continue> repeatedly. The following lines are displayed in a sequence:

Resolution FOL-1 = 1(300 dpi) :Resolution FOL-1 = 2(600 dpi) :

Like in a menu, the options are numbered: 300 dpi is option 1; 600 dpi is option 2.


Note: Sequences inform you when you have reached the end of the list. The following message is then displayed:

End of sequence !!

If you press <continue> again, you return to the top of the list. You can leave a sequence at any time by pressing <line>.

Changing settings To change a setting, you enter the number of the input option of your choice. The example procedure below teaches you how to change the default resolution setting.

12 To change the resolution, type the number of the resolution of your choice: <1> for 300 dpi or <2> for 600 dpi.If you press <1> now, the display shows:

Resolution FOL-1 = 2 (600 dpi) : 1

This indicates that the current resolution is 600 dpi but that you have chosen 1 (= 300 dpi). At this point, 300 dpi is not yet selected. You can still change your mind.

13 Press <clear> to revert to the situation in the previous step. Make sure the figure ‘1’ is no longer displayed:


14 Now change the resolution back to 300 dpi by pressing <1> and <continue>.The new setting is filled in and 300 dpi is currently selected:


If you have entered an invalid number (for example, you have entered <4>), the following error message is displayed:

Input value is not in specified range !!

In this case, press <line> to clear the error message. The printer is then ready to accept new input.

15 Press <line> to quit the ‘RESMODE’ function and return to the menu.

Logging out To exit C-KOS, you have to go back to the top menu, and then select the ‘EXIT-KOS’ option. Each sub menu contains the ‘TOP’ option to return to the top menu. The ‘TOP’ option is always option ‘0’. Proceed as follows to exit C-KOS:


16 From any menu, press <0> and <continue> to return to the top menu.The top menu is displayed:

[UIH KOS]

0 :EXIT-KOS1 :SETTINGS

2 :CONFIG 3 :RO-OPER4 :PRINTREP

5 :JOB

Your choice [0-5]:

17 Press <0> to select the ‘EXIT-KOS’ option and press <continue> to confirm. Press <0> to select ‘EXIT’ and press <continue> to exit the User Interface Handler.When no C-KOS parameters have changed which require a printer reboot in order to become active, the printer exits C-KOS and goes off-line:


On the other hand, when C-KOS parameters have changed which require a printer reboot, the following message is displayed:

Reboot printer? 1: YES

or

Restart printer? 1: YES

Press <1> and <continue> to confirm the reboot or restart action.Then press <line>.

18 Press <line> to switch the printer on-line.

This concludes your guided tour through the C-KOS menu. You are now capable of performing all required actions in C-KOS. You can change default settings to your requirements, and start printing.


Overview of the KOS menuOn the following pages, the whole KOS menu tree is depicted. You have access to the KOS functions through a terminal device.

The KOS menu tree can be used as a quick reference to see the available options in a menu, or to retrace the correct path to a function.

Note: Depending on the configuration of your printer, not all KOS functions will be available.


KOS TOP MENU

CONFIGREP

TOTALREP

LOGREP

NVSREP

ASCIIREP

REMFIRST

REMALL

RELEASE

CONFIG RO-OPER

EXIT KOS SETTINGS

KOS

//

JOBCONFIG PRINTREPRO-OPER

//

ENGINE

DEPOSIT

BINMAP

TOP

PREVIOUS

SELBINMAP

BINMAP1

BINMAP2

BINMAP3

BINMAP4

TOP

PREVIOUS

SEPDOC#

NEXTBIN#

SORTMODE#

BINMAP#

DBINMAP#

TOP PREVIOUS

FRONTEND

FRONTEND

//TOP

PREVIOUS

TOP

PREVIOUS

TRAYMAP


FRONTEND A

TOP PREVIOUS JAC

TOP PREVIOUS ARTNAME MARKER INTERFACE SECURITY

TOP

SEPERATE

FRONTENDKOS/SETTINGS/

PREVIOUS

TOP

PREVIOUS

FTP

LP

SERVER

APPLETALK

NETWARE

SOCKET

TOP

PREVIOUS

SIFNAME

SIFPAGEL

SIFCRRET

TOP

PREVIOUS

SIFNAME

TOP

PREVIOUS

SIFNAME

//FRONTEND B

INTERFACE

OVERWRITE

CENTR 1

CENTR 2


FRONTEND B

INTERFACE

FRONTENDKOS/ SETTINGS/

TOP

PREVIOUS

FTP

LP

SERVER

APPLETALK

NETWARE

SOCKET

ENABLE

QSTATE

QHANDLING

TOP

PREVIOUS

ENABLE

QSTATE

QHANDLING

TOP

PREVIOUS

TIMEOUT

ENABLE

QSTATE

QHANDLING

TOP

PREVIOUS

HEADPAGE

PAPERTRAY

ENABLE

QSTATE

QHANDLING

TOP

PREVIOUS

HEADPAGE

PAPERTRAY

ENABLE

QSTATE

QHANDLING

TOP

PREVIOUS

ASKPASSWD

PDL

//FRONTEND C

//FRONTEND A

JAC

CENTR 1

CENTR 2

PREVIOUS

ENABLE

QSTATE

TOP

QHANDLING

QMAXJOBS

QMAXJOBS

QMAXJOBS

QMAXJOBS

QMAXJOBS


FRONTEND C

PDL LOGERROR

TOP PREVIOUS PS-# PCL5-# FOL-#

TOP

PREVIOUS

RESMODE

PSPARMS

TOP

PREVIOUS

PAPERTRAY

DUPLEX

TUMBLE

OUTPUTBIN

STAPLE

JOG

JOBTO

ERRPAGE

TOP

PREVIOUS

RESMODE

PCLPARMS

TOP

PREVIOUS

PAPERTRAY

DUPLEX

BINDEDGE

PAPERSIZE

ORIENT

FONTNR

SYMBOLSET

VMI

FONTPITCH

FONTSIZE

QUALPARMS

LINEEND

FFIGNORE

HOROFFSET

PERMMODE

TOP

PREVIOUS

RESMODE

FOLPARMS

TOP

PREVIOUS

PAPERTRAY

PAPERSIZE

DUPLEX

ORIENT

LINESEP

FORMCNTRL

CRCNTRL

FONTTYPE

FONTCHAR

POINTSIZE

FORMLENG

LEFTMARG

RIGHTMARG

TOPMARG

BOTMARG

MULTIPLE

ERRPAGE


//FRONTEND B

//

FRONTEND D

//

INTERFACE

OPDS

OUTPUTBIN

STAPLE

JOG

OUTPUTBIN

STAPLE

JOG

FRONTEND D

FRONTEND D


FRONTEND D

LOGERROR

OPDS AJCFOL

IMAGE

TOP

PREVIOUS

CODEPAGES

FONTS

DEFAULT

TOP

PREVIOUS

INSTALL

DELETE

PRINTER

TOP

PREVIOUS

SHIFT

LPAGEINCR

FATTENING

FONTCAPTU

TOP

PREVIOUS

MEASURE

IBMEMUL

DATARESOL

PORT

DEFTRAY

DEFBIN

TIFF

TOP

PREVIOUS

PAGESIZE

DUPLEX

TUMBLE

OUTPUTBIN

STAPLE

JOG

CLIPPING

RENDERING

ERRPAGE


// //FRONTEND EFRONTEND C

//FRONTEND C

//FRONTEND E

PDL

RESMODE

TOP

PREVIOUS

INSTALLED

CAPTURED TOP

PREVIOUS

CODEPAGES

FONTS

INTERFACE

FOL-#


FRONTEND E

LOGERROR ACCOUNT TRACE

AJCFOL FOLMARKER

PCLPARMS

TOP

PREVIOUS

LINESEP

FORMCNTRL

CRCNTRL

FONTCHAR

EXPORT

IMPORT

ORIENT

FORMLENG

LEFTMARG

RIGHTMARG

TOPMARG

BOTMARG

DEFPIFUSE

SETDEFPIF

PCLESCSEQ

TOP

PREVIOUS

FOLPARMS

DUPLEX

MULTIPLE

PAPERSIZE

PAPERTRAY

DOWNLOAD

ERRPAGE

FINISHMOD

TOP

PREVIOUS

ORIENT

FORMLENG

PFONTCHAR

SFONTCHAR

JOBSEPAR

RASTCONV

RASTFAT

LINEEND

LEFTMARG

RIGHTMARG

TOPMARG

BOTMARG

FFIGNORE

ESCERESET

TOP

PREVIOUS

DLMODE

FATTENING

PERMMODE

TIFF


//FRONTEND D

//FRONTEND D

PDLINTERFACE

//FRONTEND F

TUNEPITCH

SETTUNE

TOP

PREVIOUS

BMADDFONT

OLADDFONT

BMREMFONT

OLREMFONT

TESTPAGE

OUTPUTBIN

STAPLE

JOG


FRONTEND F

LOGERROR ACCOUNT TRACE

ENABLE

TOP

PREVIOUS

COPYTOUD

CLEAR

TOP

PREVIOUS

TRCMODE

COPYTOUD

TOP

PREVIOUS

DATA

JAC

TOP

PREVIOUS

DATA

JAC


//FRONTEND E

PDLINTERFACE

DISABLE

TOP

PREVIOUS

ENABLE

CHANNEL

PRINT

MODE

SIZE

DISABLE

TOP

PREVIOUS

DATA

TOP

PREVIOUS

ENABLE

DELFROMHD


TOP PREVIOUS FRONTEND

TOP PREVIOUS NETWORK

CONFIGKOS/

TOP

PREVIOUS

PRINTNAME

TCPIP

NETWARE

APPLETALK TOP

PREVIOUS

DIAG

TOP

PREVIOUS

DHCP

NETMASK

ETHERNET

TOP

PREVIOUS

DIAG

ZONENAME

TOP

PREVIOUS

IPADDRESS

MTU

TOKENRING

TOP

PREVIOUS

HOSTNAME

IPADDRESS

ROUTER

TOP

PREVIOUS

DIAG

ETHERNET

NWNUMBER

FILESERV

PPASSWORD

NWPRINTQ1

NWPRINTQ2

NWPRINTQ3

NWPRINTQ4

//

//CONFIG B

CONFIG B

CONFIG A

IPADDRESS

PREVIOUS

COMMUNITY

ADDTRPDST

REMTRPDST

SNMP

TOP


FRONTEND

CONFIGKOS/

INTERFACE

TOP

PREVIOUS

SOCKET

PDL

TOP

PREVIOUS

MEMUSE

TOP

PREVIOUS

PORT

BIDIRECT

PARSESUPP

TIMEOUT

RETOURCOM

//

//

RELEASENO SERIALNO TIME

CONFIG A

CONFIG A

INTF-PDL BACKUP

CONFIG B

CENTR 1

CENTR 2

TOP

PREVIOUS

AJCFOL

FTP

LP

SERVER

SOCKET

APPLETALK

NETWARE

PS-#

PCL5-#

FOL-#

TIFF#

CENTR 1

CENTR 2

TOP

PREVIOUS

SETTIME

SETDATE

TIMEZONE

TIMETABLE

TOP

PREVIOUS

ENABLE

SETTIME

FUNCTION

TOP

PREVIOUS

SUNDAY

MONDAY

TUESDAY

WEDNESDAY

THURSDAY

FRIDAY

SATURDAY


RO-OPER A

TOP PREVIOUS COPYTOUDFNTINSTAL JACINSTAL PDLINSTAL

TOP PREVIOUS

JAC

RO-OPERKOS/

TOP

PREVIOUS

SEQUENT

RANGE

TOP

PREVIOUS

PDLLOCAL

TOP

PREVIOUS

FOL-#

AJCFOL

INCLUDE

FORMTOP

PREVIOUS

SEQUENT

ALL

TOP

PREVIOUS

INCLUDE

FORM

TOP

PREVIOUS

SEQUENT

ALL

FORMSET

PIF

//RO-OPER B

DELFROMHD


RO-OPER B

DELFROMHD

RO-OPERKOS/

TOP PREVIOUS JAC

TOP

PREVIOUS

SEQUENT

RANGE

PDLGLOBAL

TOP

PREVIOUS

PS

TOP

PREVIOUS

FONT

TOP

PREVIOUS

SEQUENT

ALL

PCL5

TOP

PREVIOUS

SEQUENT

ALL

TOP

PREVIOUS

OLFONT

SYMBOLSET

FOL

TOP

PREVIOUS

BFONT

OLFONT

INCLUDE

LOGOOCE

LOGOPCX

LOGOTIFF

FORM

TOP

PREVIOUS

SEQUENT

ALL

RO-OPER C

//

RO-OPER A

COPYTOUD

PDLLOCAL

//

RO-OPER C

//


RO-OPER C

TOP PREVIOUS

PDLLOCAL

PS-# PCL5-# FOL-# AJCFOL

TOP

PREVIOUS

FONT

CSET

TOP

PREVIOUS

SEQUENT

ALL

INCLUDE

FORM

TOP

PREVIOUS

TOP

PREVIOUS

SEQUENT

ALL

TOP

PREVIOUS

SEQUENT

ALL

TOP

PREVIOUS

BFONT

DLFONT

INCLUDE

FORM

FORMSET

PIF

LOGO

RO-OPERKOS/

//

BFONT

SFONT

MACRO

TOP

PREVIOUS

TOP

PREVIOUS

SEQUENT

ALL

RO-OPER B//

RO-OPER D

FORMATUD PROOFDELFROMHD

PDLGLOBAL

//RO-OPER B


RO-OPER D

PROOF

TOP

PREVIOUS

ART

TICKET

SIF

PAGEPIF

LAYOUTPIF

FORM

FLAGSHEET

LOGO

TOP

PREVIOUS

RESMODE

LOGOOCE

LOGOPCX

LOGOTIFF

TOP

PREVIOUS

RESMODE

PSFLAG

PCLFLAG

FOLFLAG

TOP

PREVIOUS

PSFORM

PCLFORM

FOLFORM

RO-OPERKOS/

//RO-OPER C

RESMODE

FORMATUD

47

Océ 8400 Series


Chapter 3Printer Management

This chapter deals with printer management functions in C-KOS such as printing reports, making backups and setting some printing defaults.


Backing up the printer configuration

You can make a backup of the printer configuration on a floppy disk in the user disk drive. This backup is used to restore the configuration after the hard disk is replaced. Additionally, the backup floppy contains information for diagnostic purposes.

Working with user disks

The Océ 8400 Series printers are standard equipped with one disk drive for user disks (31/2 inch, HD/DS 2 MB unformatted).

The user disk drive is used for operations such as loading and copying referable objects from the internal hard disk, and making a backup of the printer configuration. The disk drive is located behind the front door of the Océ 8400 Series printer.

[6] The user disk drive is located behind the left front door of the printer

User disk drive

Printer Management 49

Floppies used with the printer, should be formatted on the printer. To do so, you will use the ‘FORMATUD’ function in the C-KOS ‘RO-OPER’ menu. Floppies are formatted in a MS-DOS compatible format and have a disk size of 1.44 MB. ‘FORMATUD’ creates the directory structure that is required to install or backup ROs and make a configuration backup.

The directory structure of the floppy is shown in the tree below.

For a full explanation of the directories, (see ‘Referable objects’ on page 240)


root directory

ajcfol

formsformsets

logos

oceldspcxtiff

interiorpifsinclude

PCL5

symbsets

optfontsoce240oce300oce600speedotruetypetype1type3oceconvolconvpcl300

system

netwarehelios

logIPDS

include

root directory

jac

artsifpagepiflayoutpfticket

form

pspclfol

flgsheet

pspclfol

fol

logos

oceldspcxtiff

includeformsint240int300int600


Attention: All directories on the floppy that are not part of this directory structure are ignored.

▼▼▼▼ To format a user disk:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘RO-OPER’ and ‘FORMATUD’.

The following line is displayed:

Floppy to format inserted ? 1:YES

3 Insert the user disk into the disk drive.4 Press <1> and <Enter>.

During formatting the following line is displayed:

Formatting floppy : Wait

5 If an error occurs, the following message will be displayed:

Formatting floppy: Failed

If so, press <Escape> to quit the function.6 When the formatting process is finished, the following message will be

displayed:

Formatting floppy : Ready

7 Press <Enter>. The following message is displayed:

Free disk space : xxxxxxxxxxx bytes

in which ‘xx...’ is the free disk space in bytes.8 If you want to format another floppy, press <Enter>.

The following message is displayed again:

Floppy to format inserted ? 1:YES

9 Return to step 3 of this procedure to format another floppy.10 When you have finished formatting, press <Escape> to return to the menu, then

exit C-KOS.


Making a backup copy of the configuration on floppy diskA backup on floppy includes:

■ the basic printer configuration files■ a file which contains an ASCII status report.

The basic configuration files, which contain the configuration parameters for the network, the interfaces, JAC and the PDLs on your printer, have to be backed up onto a single floppy. Therefore you should use an empty, DOS formatted floppy.

Note: A report file is included in the backup. The report file has previously been created during a backup in C-KOS, or during the creation of a ACSII report in C-KOS. A backup in advanced premature C-KOS does not update the report file. A backup in C-KOS updates the report file and is recommended.

▼▼▼▼ To make a backup of the configuration on floppy:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Format an empty floppy disk with the ‘FORMATUD’ option, (see ‘To format

a user disk:’ on page 51).Formatting creates the correct directory structure on the floppy. When the floppy is not an user disk, the printer will create the necessary directories during the backup operation.

3 Go to the top menu of KOS.4 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘BACKUP’.


Backup configuration?1:YES

5 Press <1> and <Enter> to copy the current configuration to floppy.During copying, the following message appears:

Backup configuration: xxxxx

in which ‘xxxxx’ is ‘Wait’, ‘Ready’ or ‘Failed’. If copying fails, a corresponding error message will be displayed.The backup is successful when the following message appears:

Backup configuration: Ready

6 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.7 Put the backup floppy in a safe place.


Printer reports

On the Océ 8400 Series printers the following reports are available:

■ Total Report■ Configuration Report■ Logging Report■ NVS Report ■ ASCII Report.

Note: In chapter 12, ‘Status Report’ on page 299 you will find an overview of the contents of a full Status Report. This report will always be printed in the maximum allowed printer resolution. It is also possible to print these reports from the operating panel of the printer engine.

Printing a Total Report

A Total Report is a multi-page document, which contains the following information:

■ the printer identification and serial number■ the printer configuration■ engine configuration and settings■ PDL settings■ JAC settings■ binmaps■ tray maps■ machine and error counters, error queues■ system resources■ interface and network specifications■ a list of referable objects (ROs) on the hard disk of the printer■ weight and style attributes of fonts■ license information.


▼▼▼▼ To print a Total Report:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘PRINTREP’ and ‘TOTALREP’.

The report is printed automatically. When ready, the following message is displayed:

Job printed!

3 Press <Escape> to clear the message, then exit C-KOS.

Printing a Configuration ReportThe referable objects part of a Status Report can be quite long. If you want to omit this part, you can print a Configuration Report. A Configuration Report contains the following information:

■ the printer identification and serial number■ the printer configuration■ PDL settings■ JAC settings■ binmaps■ tray maps■ machine and error counters, error queues■ system resources■ interface and network specifications■ license information.

▼▼▼▼ To print a Configuration Report:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘PRINTREP’ and ‘CONFIGREP’.


Job printed!



Printing a Logging ReportA Logging Report contains the following information:

■ the contents of the syslog files■ the internal messages file.

The Océ service engineer can use the information in the report for diagnostic purposes.

▼▼▼▼ To print a Logging Report:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘PRINTREP’ and ‘LOGREP’.


Job printed!


Printing a NVS Report

A NVS (Non-Volatile Storage) Report contains a number of configuration files, including system.nvs, jac.nvs, commun.nvs and several PDL configuration files.

▼▼▼▼ To print a NVS Report:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘PRINTREP’ and ‘NVSREP’.


Job printed!



ASCII ReportAn ASCII Report contains the same information in ASCII format as a Total Report. The ASCII Report is always a part of the backup.

Note: An ASCII Report can not be printed.

▼▼▼▼ To create an ASCII Report:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘PRINTREP’ and ‘ASCIIREP’.

The report is created automatically. When ready, the following message is displayed:

Creating ascii report: WaitPlease waitCreating ascii report: Ready


The ASCII Report can be downloaded from the printer using FTP. For more detailed information about FTP refer to the Océ Power Print Controller Technical Reference Manual.


Reading the printer’s serial number

The ‘SERIALNO’ function allows you to view the serial number of your printer.

▼▼▼▼ To display the serial number:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’ and ‘SERIALNO’.


Serial number: xxxxxxxxx

in which ‘xxxxxxxxx’ is the serial number of your printer.3 Press <Escape> to return to the menu.


Reading the software release number

By means of the ‘RELEASENO’ function you can read the release number and version of the application software, the printer engine software and the Sun OS software. You may need this information when you have contact with the Océ service organisation.

▼▼▼▼ To display the release number:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’ and ‘RELEASENO’.

The printer type and release number is displayed:

name, Rx.x

in which ‘name’ is the type of the printer and ‘Rx.x’ the release number.3 Press <Enter> to display the release number of the controller software.4 Press <Enter> to display the release number of the printer engine software.5 Press <Enter> to display the release number of the Sun OS software.6 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.


General printer defaults

This section describes how to specify the default value for the following general printer settings:■ printer resolution■ error page printing■ printer time■ tray map.

Setting the default print resolution

The Océ 8400 Series can print at 300 and 600 dpi. The default printing resolution can be set in C-KOS for each print context.

Even if your printer is configured for 600 dpi printing, you may want to increase the printer performance in case of, e.g. CCITT group IV printing. You can then set the resolution to 300 dpi. (The input data must be formatted at 300 dpi too!)

Forms and flagsheets The Océ 8400 Series can handle PostScript, FOL and PCL forms and flagsheets with JAC. These forms or flagsheets can be combined with pages printed with any available Page Description Language (except for IPDS) configured on your printer.

The table below shows all possible combinations of pages and forms, together with the possible print resolutions for each combination.

For example, you can print a Postscript page combined with a FOL form at 300 or 600 dpi.


[7] Printing pages combined with forms or flagsheets

The ‘RESMODE’ function in C-KOS allows you to specify the default resolution which the print context will use.

▼▼▼▼ To set the default resolution for a print context:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.

Depending on the configuration of your printer, you can select one of the following options:.

3 Select the option of your choice and select ‘RESMODE’.The following line is displayed:

Option = # (resolution) :

where ‘#’ and ‘resolution’ can be:

4 Type the number of the resolution of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.

Forms

PostScript FOL PCL5e

PostScript 300/600 dpi 300/600 dpi 300/600 dpi

FOL 300/600 dpi 300/600 dpi 300/600 dpi

PCL5e 300/600 dpi 300/600 dpi 300/600 dpi

TIFF 300/600 dpi 300/600 dpi 300/600 dpi

Print context 1 Print context 2 Print context 3

PS-1PCL5-1FOL-1TIFF-1OPDS-1AJCFOL



PostScript, PCL5, FOL and IPDS

# resolution

1 300

2 600

Pag

es


The new default resolution is displayed.5 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.

Default printing of logical error pages

The ‘LOGERROR’ option allows you to specify whether to print a logical error page or not. This page contains information on logical errors that occurred, e.g. an incorrect ticket description in Job Automation Control (JAC).

If the option is enabled, logical errors can be detected. When a logical error occurs, the printer prints an error page and aborts the rest of the job. You can use the information on the error page to solve the error.

If the option is disabled, the job will be printed with the errors it contains, if this is possible.

▼▼▼▼ To enable or disable the logical error page:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’, and ‘LOGERROR’.

One of the following lines is displayed:

Print logical error = enabled 1:disable

or

Print logical error = disabled 1:enable

3 Press <1> and <Enter> to enable or disable the error print, depending on the current setting.The new setting is displayed.

4 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.


Setting the printer timeIn order to change time-related settings, the ‘TIME’ menu in advanced C-KOS mode allows you to specify:■ the time in hours and minutes■ the date■ the timezone, relative to Greenwich Mean Time■ the configuration of the timetable, for automatic reboot or standby.

▼▼▼▼ To specify the printer time:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘TIME’ and ‘SETTIME’.

The following message is displayed:

hh:mm

in which ‘hh’ is the current hour (from 0 to 23) and ‘mm’ are the current minutes (from 0 to 59).

Note: The hours and minutes should be separated by a colon (‘:’). The user has to insert this colon manually. The complete line which is already displayed has to be overwritten with the new time entry.

3 Type the time of your choice (hours and minutes) and press <Enter> to confirm.If you do not want to change the time, just press <Enter>.If an incorrect time has been entered, the following error message is displayed:



▼▼▼▼ To specify the printer date:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘TIME’ and ‘SETDATE’.


dd-mm-yyyy

in which ‘dd’ is the current day (from 1to 31), ‘mm’ is the current month (from 1 to 12) and ‘yyyy’ is the current year (>1970).


Note: The day, month and year should be separated by a dash (‘-’). The user has to insert this dash manually. The complete line which is already displayed has to be overwritten with the new date entry.

3 Type the date of your choice (day, month and year) and press <Enter> to confirm.If you do not want to change the date, just press <Enter>.If an incorrect date has been entered, the following error message is displayed:



▼▼▼▼ To specify the printer timezone:

Attention: If you change the timezone, the time and the date will be changed accordingly.

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘TIME’ and ‘TIMEZONE’.


Timezone = x (yyyyyy) :

‘x’ is a sequence number and ‘yyyyyy’ is the current timezone, relative to the Greenwich Mean Time. The timezone is one of:

■ GMT +13■ ...■ GMT-1■ ...■ GMT-12.

The default timezone is GMT-1.3 Type the sequence number corresponding to the timezone of your choice, and

press <Enter> to confirm.If you are not sure which number to type, you can scroll through the list of available timezones by pressing <Enter> repeatedly.The new setting is displayed.



Selecting the tray mapThe ‘TRAYMAP’ menu option enables you to select one of the available tray maps. The selected tray map will be the active tray map.

The following tray maps are available:

The ‘TRAYMAP2’ option allows you to address the paper trays of the Océ 8400 Series equal to the Océ 9200 Series and the Océ 6X00 printer range.

Note: Additional tray maps can be added by your local System Consultant. The added tray map can be selected from the ‘TRAYMAP’ menu.

▼▼▼▼ To select the default tray map:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘ENGINE’ and ‘TRAYMAP’.


Select traymap = # (traymap#) :

in which ‘#’ is the number of the currently active tray map. The tray map name (‘TRAYMAP1’ to ‘TRAYMAP2’) appears between parentheses.

3 Enter the number corresponding to the mapping of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The new active tray map is displayed.


TRAYMAP1 TRAYMAP2

Upper cassette 1 4

Middle cassette 2 3

Lower cassette 3 2

Bulk tray 4 1


Automatic controller reboot and standby

The timetable enables you to configure an automatic reboot or standby of the controller. The table consists of seven timeslots; one timeslot per day of the week. For each timeslot, the following items can be configured:

■ enable or disable the timeslot■ set the time at which the specified action (reboot or standby) should be

executed■ specify the action that has to be executed at the specified time.

Note: For each day of the week, only one action (reboot or standby) can be configured for automatic execution.

▼▼▼▼ To enable or disable the timeslot:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘TIME’ and ‘TIMETABLE’.

A submenu containing the days of the week (‘SUNDAY’, ‘MONDAY’, ... , ‘SATURDAY’) is displayed.

3 Select the day of your choice.4 Select ‘ENABLE’.


timeslot <dddddd> = enabled 1:disabled

or

timeslot <dddddd> = disabled 1:enabled

in which ‘dddddd’ is the selected timeslot (sunday, monday, ... , saturday).5 Press <1> and <Enter> to enable or disable the timeslot, depending on the

current setting.The new setting is displayed.


▼▼▼▼ To set the time of the timeslot:

1 Log on to C-KOS in the usual way.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘TIME’ and ‘TIMETABLE’.


3 Select the day of your choice.


4 Select ‘SETTIME’.The following message is displayed:

hh:mm

in which ‘hh’ is the current hour (from 0 to 23) and ‘mm’ are the current minutes (from 0 to 59).

Note: The hours and minutes should be separated by a colon (‘:’). The user has to insert this colon manually. The complete line which is already displayed has to be overwritten with the new time entry.

5 Type the time of your choice (hours and minutes) and press <Enter> to confirm.If you do not want to change the time of the timeslot, just press <Enter>.If an incorrect time has been entered, the following error message is displayed:



▼▼▼▼ To select reboot or standby:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘TIME’ and ‘TIMETABLE’.


3 Select the day of your choice.4 Select ‘FUNCTION’.


timeslot <dddddd> = 1 (standby) :

or

timeslot <dddddd> = 2 (reboot) :

in which ‘dddddd’ is the selected timeslot (sunday, monday, ... , saturday).5 Press <1> and <Enter> to set a standby or <2> and <Enter> to set a reboot for

the specified timeslot at the specified time.6 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.


The account function

For accounting purposes, the printer is able to log print job information for each print job. The job identification attributes and the number of simplex and duplex pages per print job are logged in the account file.

C-KOS allows you to:

■ enable or disable the accounting function■ copy the account file to floppy disk■ clear the contents of the account file.

You can find more details on the contents of the account file in the Océ Power Print Controller Technical Reference Manual. Also the possibility of uploading the account file with FTP is described in the Océ Power Print Controller Technical Reference Manual.

Enabling or disabling accounting

You can switch accounting on or off. If accounting is off, the account file is not updated when jobs are printed.

▼▼▼▼ To enable or disable accounting:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’ and ‘FRONTEND’.3 Select ‘ACCOUNT’ and ‘ENABLE’.


Accounting = enabled 1:disable

or

Accounting = disabled 1:enable

4 Press <1> and <Enter> to switch accounting on or off.The new setting is displayed.



Copying the account file to floppy diskThe account file can be copied entirely to a floppy disk in the user disk drive behind the left front door of the printer. Any MSDOS-formatted floppy will do.

▼▼▼▼ To copy the account file to floppy:

1 Insert a floppy in the user disk drive behind the front door of the printer.

[8] Insert a floppy in the user disk drive

2 Log on to C-KOS.3 Select ‘SETTINGS’ and ‘FRONTEND’.4 Select ‘ACCOUNT’ and ‘COPYTOUD’.


Copy account file? 1:YES

5 Press <1> and <Enter> to copy the file to user disk.The following message is displayed:

Copy account file: Wait


Copy account file: Failed

If so, press <Escape> to quit the function.

User disk drive


7 When the copying process is finished, the following message will be displayed:

Copy account file: Ready


Clearing the account file

You can clear the contents of the account file through C-KOS if the file becomes too large, or if the information in the file is no longer required.

▼▼▼▼ To clear the account file:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’ and ‘FRONTEND’.3 Select ‘ACCOUNT’ and CLEAR’.


Clear account file 1:YES

4 Press <1> and <Enter> to clear the account file.5 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.


Tracing data received through an interface

The ‘TRACE’ function in KOS allows you to start or stop tracing data that is received through a specific interface. The traced data is stored in a file on the printer’s hard disk. The file can be used for diagnostic purposes. You can either trace user data, or trace only JAC-related data.

Only one trace can be active at a time. In order to start a new trace, the current trace has to be stopped first. When a trace is started, all existing trace data on the hard disk of the printer will be deleted.

Note: You can only trace data for one interface at a time.

Data trace

Before you start a data trace you have to specify the following settings for the trace:

■ the input channel■ whether you want to print the data sent to the printer, or not■ the part of the data you want to store■ the maximum hard disk space for data tracing.

During a data trace session you can send more than one print job. Each job is stored in a separate file. The data trace file(s) can be copied onto floppy disk.

Note: The data tracing settings are stored in non-volatile storage. After a (re)start of the controller the settings are still as you specified them.

▼▼▼▼ To select the input channel for a data trace:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’, ‘TRACE’ and ‘TRCMODE’.3 Select ‘DATA’ and ‘CHANNEL’.

The following message will be displayed:

Channel : # (interface) :

where ‘#’ and ‘interface’ are:


You can view the range of valid input options by pressing <Enter> repeatedly.4 Type the number of the interface of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.5 Press <Esc> to return to the menu.

▼▼▼▼ To enable or disable printing

With this setting enabled, the captured data will also be printed as a regular job.1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’, ‘TRACE’ and ‘TRCMODE’.3 Select ‘DATA’ and ‘PRINT’.


Print = enabled 1:disable

or

Print = disabled 1:enable

4 Press <1> and <Enter> to change the print mode setting. 5 Press <Esc> to return to the menu.

▼▼▼▼ To select the trace mode

The trace mode allows you to specify which part of the captured data has to be stored into the trace file. When you select ‘head’, the first part of the data will be written into the trace file. When you select ‘tail’, the last part of the data is stored into the trace file. If the captured data is less then the specified maximum file size for trace files, all captured data will be written into the trace file. In this case you do not have to specify the trace mode.

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’, ‘TRACE’ and ‘TRCMODE’.

# This is the number of the currently selected interface.

interface This the interface currently selected for tracing; depending on the configuration of your printer, it can be one of the following:- Cn1: Centronics 1 (optional)- Cn2: Centronics 2 (optional)- Sck: Socket- Srv: Server- Ftp: FTP- Lp: LPD- Nw: NetWare (optional)- At: AppleTalk (optional)


3 Select ‘DATA’ and ‘MODE’.The following message will be displayed:

Mode = head 1:tail

or

Mode = tail 1:head

4 Press <1> and <Enter> to change the setting. 5 Press <Esc> to return to the menu.

Note: Capturing data is done in data chunks. The default size of a data chunk is 1.44 Mb. In case of problems with capturing the right part of a file, the chunk size can be altered by your local System Consultant.

▼▼▼▼ To specify the capture size

With this setting you can specify the maximum amount of data you can capture during one trace session. The capture size depends on the available hard disk space. The maximum capture size is 80% of the available hard disk space. The available hard disk space is checked only when you make this selection.

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’, ‘TRACE’ and ‘TRCMODE’.3 Select ‘DATA’ and ‘SIZE’.


Size = xxx Kb [1..yyy]:

In which ‘xxx’ is the current selected file size in Kilobytes, and ‘yyy’ is the maximum allowed capture size.

4 Type the file size and press <Enter> to change the file size. 5 Press <Esc> to return to the menu.

▼▼▼▼ To start a data trace

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’, ‘TRACE’ and ‘TRCMODE’.3 Select ‘DATA’ and ‘ENABLE’.


Data tracing (interface) = disabled 1:enable

In which ‘interface’ is the name of the selected interface.4 Press <1> and <Enter> to start the data trace for the displayed interface.5 Press <Esc> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.


From now the printer will trace all data received through the interface you have specified. The following message will be displayed:

Idle Data trace (interface): enabled

In which ‘interface’ is the name of the selected interface.

In case of a ‘head’ trace, the trace will continue until the ‘capture size’ reaches the specified maximum, or until you stop the trace session.

In case of a ‘tail’ trace, the trace will continue if the ‘capture size’ reaches the specified maximum. The first part of the file will be skipped.

During the trace the following message is displayed:

Processing Data trace (interface): (status)

In which ‘interface’ is the name of the selected interface. And ‘status’ can be:

Each job you send during the trace session gets a unique file name. The file name has the following format:

d<mode><sequence number>.<interface>

In which ‘d’ stands for ‘data’,‘mode’ is ‘t’ for ‘tail’, or ‘h’ for ‘head’,‘sequence number’ is a 6 digit number in the range 000000 to 999999,and ‘interface’ is the name of the selected interface.

Example You send, during one trace session, 3 jobs via the lpr input channel:

▼▼▼▼ To stop a data trace:

1 Log on to KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’, ‘TRACE’ and ‘TRCMODE’.

status Explanation

enabled The trace is enabled.

receiving The printer receives data.

skipping The maximum ‘capture size’ is reached. The remaining data is skipped.

lpr file1.ps The result is the file dh000001.lp.lpr file2.ps The result is the file dh000002.lp.lpr file1.ps file2.ps The result is the file dh000003.lp.


3 Select ‘DATA’ and ‘DISABLE’.The following message will be displayed:

Data tracing (interface) = enabled 1:disable

4 Press <1> and <Enter> to stop the data trace for the displayed interface.5 Press <Esc> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.

JAC trace

The size of a JAC trace file is limited to 1.44 MB, which is the size of a floppy. When the file size limit is reached, no more data will be written to the trace file.

The printer can store only one JAC trace file. The JAC trace file can be copied onto floppy disk.

Note: When the controller is (re)started, the JAC tracing mechanisms are disabled.

▼▼▼▼ To start a JAC trace:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’, ‘TRACE’ and ‘TRCMODE’.3 Select ‘JAC’ and ‘ENABLE’ to start the JAC trace.


Enable JAC trace for : # (interface) :

where ‘#’ and ‘interface’ are:

You can view the range of valid input options by pressing <Enter> repeatedly.4 Type the number of the interface of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.

# This is the number of the currently selected interface.

interface This the interface currently selected for tracing; depending on the configuration of your printer, it can be one of the following:- Cn1: Centronics 1 (optional)- Cn2: Centronics 2 (optional)- Sck: Socket- Srv: Server- Ftp: FTP- Lp: LPD- Nw: NetWare (optional)- At: AppleTalk (optional)



JAC trace enabled for (interface)

In which ‘interface’ is the name of the selected interface.5 Press <Esc> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.

From now the printer will trace all JAC data received through the interface you have specified. Tracing will continue until the trace file size reaches 1.44 MB or, until you stop the trace.

▼▼▼▼ To stop a JAC trace:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’, ‘TRACE’ and ‘TRCMODE’.3 Select ‘JAC’ and ‘DISABLE’.


Disable JAC trace 1:YES

4 Press <1> and <Enter> to stop the JAC trace.The following message is displayed:

Jac trace disabled

5 Press <Esc> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.

Copy trace files to floppy disk

You can copy the trace file to floppy disk for further examination. To do so, the trace must have been stopped.

Jac trace The JAC trace file is limited to 1.44 Mb. The trace always fits on a 1.44 Mb diskette.

Data trace A data trace can consist of more then one file, and exceed the size of a 1.44 Mb floppy disk. The printer will prompt you for a new floppy disk when the floppy disk is full. The floppy disks are labelled to identify the order.


▼▼▼▼ To copy a trace file to floppy disk:

1 Place a floppy disk in the user disk drive.The disk drive is located behind the front door of the printer.


2 Log on to C-KOS.3 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘TRACE’.4 Select ‘COPYTOUD’.

Depending on the available trace files on the printer’s hard disk, one or both of the following options are available in the menu:

■ ‘DATA’: for the data trace file■ ‘JAC’: for the JAC data trace file

5 Select the type of trace file you want to copy.One of the following messages is displayed:

Copy data trace file(s)? 1:YES

or

Copy jac trace file(s)? 1:YES

6 Press <1> and <Enter> to copy the file to user disk.During copying, the following message is displayed:

Copying trace file(s): Wait

7 If an error occurs, the following line will be displayed:

Copying trace file(s): Failed

If so, press <Esc> to quit the function.

User disk drive


8 When copying is finished, the following message will be displayed:

Copying trace file(s): Ready

9 Press <Esc> to return to the menu, then exit KOS.10 Remove the floppy from the user disk drive.

Delete data trace files from the hard diskTrace files are deleted at the moment you start a new trace session. However, it is possible to delete the data trace files yourself in order to make hard disk space available again for normal operation of the printer.

▼▼▼▼ To delete data trace files:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘TRACE’.3 Select ‘DELFROMHD’ and ‘DATA’.


Remove data trace file(s)? 1:yes

4 Press <1> and <Enter> to remove the data trace files from the hard disk.The following message is displayed:

Removing data trace file(s): Wait

5 If an error occurs, the following line will be displayed:

Removing data trace file(s): Failed

If so, press <Esc> to quit the function.6 When removing is finished, the following message will be displayed:

Removing data trace file(s): Ready

7 Press <Esc> to return to the menu, then exit KOS.

79

Océ 8400 Series


Chapter 4Working with the Sorter

This chapter explains all features of the 20-bin Sorter and how to configure the device through C-KOS.


The Sorter

A printed page is delivered face-down in one of the 20 individually addressable bins. The bins can be used for collated or stacked output.

Each bin can hold maximum 100 sheets of 80 g/m² duplex printed or 50 sheets of 80 g/m² simplex printed. You can adjust the bin capacity to any value from 10 to 100 sheets. For more information on this subject refer to the Océ 8400 Series System Operation Manual.

You can combine several physical bins into ‘logical’ bins to increase throughput. See the section on binmaps for more information.

The ‘bin empty’ detection resumes delivery of prints automatically after prints are removed from a full bin.

Binmaps

The Océ 8400 Series printers are equipped with a 20-bin Sorter. All physical bins in the Sorter have the same, fixed capacity (which can be adjusted for different paper weights). For some print jobs it may be convenient to have larger bins. To accommodate that kind of jobs, you can group several ‘physical’ bins into a single ‘logical’ bin.

[10] Grouping physical bins into one logical bin

Physical bin Logical bin

Working with the Sorter 81

Logical bins are identified by a number in the range from 1 to 20. These numbers must be consecutive. Each physical bin must be assigned to exactly one logical bin.

The ‘BINMAP#’ functions (where # is a number from 1 to 4) allow you to define the mapping between logical bin numbers and physical bins. There are 4 different mappings which can be defined and activated separately; this allows easy switching between different, predefined mappings.

For each separate mapping you can specify:

The mapping between logical and physical bin numbers The printer offers you a range of default binmaps to choose from. They are listed in table 11. It is also possible to define your own specific mapping.

The handling of separate documents within a logical bin You can specify to have each document deposited in a separate physical bin or to switch to the next physical bin only when the current one is full.

The printer behaviour in case the next physical bin is not empty If the current bin is full, you can specify whether the printer is to continue and deposit prints in the next, not empty, bin or to stop and wait for someone to empty the bin.

The sort mode You can specify whether to sort multiple copies of a document globally or locally.

Specifying the default mapping

You can assign a default mapping to each of the four binmap options.

▼▼▼▼ To specify a default mapping for a binmap option:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select the options ‘SETTINGS’, ‘ENGINE’, ‘DEPOSIT’, and ‘BINMAP’.3 Select the binmap for which you want to use one of the default mappings

(options ‘BINMAP1’ to ‘BINMAP4’). 4 Select ‘DBINMAP#’ (where # corresponds with the number of the binmap

selected in step 3). The following line is displayed:

Default binmap: # (R[x..y]) :

‘#’ is the number of one of the available default bin mappings, followed by a list of physical bin numbers. The different values of ‘#’ and the corresponding


mappings R[x..y] are listed in table 11 together with an explanation of each mapping.

5 Press <Enter> to display the next default bin mapping option. Or, enter the number of the mapping of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The new default is displayed.


Note: The ‘SEPDOC#’, ‘NEXTBIN#’ and ‘SORTMODE#’ settings do not change when you select a different default binmap.

In the mapping, R[x..y] stands for a range of successive logical bins, starting with logical bin ‘x’ and ending with logical bin ‘y’. Each logical bin consists of ‘R’ physical bins. When ‘R’ is not shown in the mapping, R = 1.

[11] Available default bin mappings for a 20-bin Sorter

# R[x..y] explanation

1 [1..20] Sorter used as sorter

2 20[1] Sorter used as stacker

3 2[1..10] Each logical bin consists of 2 physical bins




7 5[1],[2..16] 5 physical bins used as stacker, rest as sorter



10 [1..5],15[6] 5 physical bins used as sorter, rest as stacker




Activating a binmapYou use the ‘SELBINMAP’ function to specify which of the four available predefined mappings is to be the active one. This allows you to use different bin mappings for different types of jobs.

▼▼▼▼ To activate a binmap:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘ENGINE’, and ‘DEPOSIT’.3 Select ‘BINMAP’ and ‘SELBINMAP’.


Select binmap = # (binmap):

in which ‘#’ is the number of the currently active bin mapping. The bin map name (‘BINMAP1’ to ‘BINMAP4’) appears between parentheses.

4 Enter the number corresponding to the mapping of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The new active binmap is displayed.


Defining your own binmap

If none of the predefined default mappings meets your requirements, you can define your own bin mapping.

▼▼▼▼ To specify your own mapping for a binmap option:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘ENGINE’, ‘DEPOSIT’, and ‘BINMAP’.3 Select the binmap you want to define (‘BINMAP1’ to ‘BINMAP4’).4 Select ‘BINMAP#’ (where # is the number of the binmap selected in step 3).

For each physical bin the following line is displayed:

Bin nn: logical bin xx (yy .. zz) :

where:nn = the physical bin number 1 .. 20,xx = the current logical bin number of bin number ‘nn’yy = the lowest possible logical bin number of bin number ‘nn’zz = the highest possible logical bin number of bin number ‘nn’.


5 Enter a number from ‘yy’ to ‘zz’ to assign a logical bin number to this physical bin and press <Enter> to confirm, or press <Enter> without typing a number to leave the current setting unchanged and display the next line.Note: Logical bin numbers must be consecutive. Each logical bin number must be equal or greater than the previous one. If not, the following message appears:

Incorrect logical bin(s) !!!

6 Press <Escape> to return to the previous message.7 Repeat step 5 until all physical bins have been assigned to logical ones.8 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.

Document separationFor each of the four binmap options you can specify whether or not to separate documents. If document separation is enabled, each document is deposited in the next physical bin within the same logical bin. With document separation disabled, the printer will only switch to the next physical bin when the current one is full. If document separation is disabled, each document is deposited on top of the previous document.

[12] Document separation within a logical bin

▼▼▼▼ To enable or disable document separation:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select the options ‘SETTINGS’, ‘ENGINE’, ‘DEPOSIT’, and ‘BINMAP’.

Document 1

Logical bin

Document 1

Document separation enabled

Logical bin

Document separation disabled

Document 2

Document 3

Document 2

Document 3


3 Select the required binmap (‘BINMAP1’ to ‘BINMAP4’).4 Select ‘SEPDOC#’ (where # is the number of the binmap selected in step 3).


Separate documents = enabled 1:disable

or

Separate documents = disabled 1:enable

5 Press <1> and <Enter> to enable or disable document separation, depending on the current setting.The new setting is displayed.


Next bin not empty

You can define whether the printer may deposit a new document in a non-empty bin, or whether it is to stop and wait for someone to empty the next bin before printing of a document is continued.

▼▼▼▼ To define the printer behaviour if next bin not empty:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘ENGINE’, ‘DEPOSIT’, and ‘BINMAP’.3 Select the required binmap (‘BINMAP1’ to ‘BINMAP4’).4 Select ‘NEXTBIN#’ (where # corresponds with the number of the binmap

selected in step 3).One of the following lines is displayed, depending on the current setting:

Next bin not empty = 1 (CONTINUE) :

or

Next bin not empty = 2 (STOP) :

5 Press <2> and <Enter> to have the printer stop and wait for someone to empty the next bin, or press <1> and <Enter> to have the printer start a new document in a non-empty bin.



Sorting of multiple copiesIf you print more than one copy of a document, you can sort the copies in the following ways:

■ global sorting: each copy is delivered into a separate logical bin.■ local sorting: each copy is delivered into a separate physical bin within the

same logical bin.

[13] Sorting within one logical bin or over several logical bins

▼▼▼▼ To set the sort mode:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘ENGINE’, ‘DEPOSIT’, and ‘BINMAP’.3 Select the required binmap (‘BINMAP1’ to ‘BINMAP4’).4 Select ‘SORTMODE#’ (where # is the number of the binmap selected in

step 3.One of the following lines is displayed, depending on the current setting:

Sortmode = 1 (GLOBAL) :

or

Sortmode = 2 (LOCAL) :

5 Type the number of the sort mode of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.6 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.

Logical bin 2

Logical bin 1

Logical bin 2

Logical bin 1

Copy 2

Copy 1

Copy 2

Copy 1

Local sorting

Global sorting

87

Océ 8400 Series


Chapter 5Network and interface settings

This chapter describes how to specify the host communication network and interface parameters.


Network configuration

The ‘NETWORK’ menu allows you to specify the following network configuration parameters:■ printer name■ TCP/IP parameters■ SNMP parameters■ NetWare settings (optional)■ AppleTalk settings (optional).

Printer name

The printer name is an alphanumeric string which can be edited. The printer name is used to, e.g., compose the NetWare PSERVER name of the printer. See also, ‘DHCP support’ on page 90.

▼▼▼▼ To specify the printer name:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’ and ‘FRONTEND’.3 Select ‘NETWORK’ and ‘PRINTNAME’.

The current printer name is displayed, e.g.:

Oce8445

4 Type the new printer name and press <Enter>.5 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS. The printer will

prompt to be rebooted.6 If you have changed the printer name, press <1> and <Enter> to reboot the

printer.

Network and interface settings 89

TCP/IP parametersThe ‘TCPIP’ menu allows you to specify the following TCP/IP network parameters:■ netmask■ Ethernet parameters■ DHCP support■ Token Ring parameters■ router parameters.

Note: The ‘TOKENRING’ option is only available if the Token Ring interface has been installed.

Netmask

The ‘NETMASK’ function allows you to set the netmask.

▼▼▼▼ To set the netmask:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘NETWORK’.3 Select ‘TCPIP’ and ‘NETMASK’.

The current netmask is displayed, e.g.:

255.255.255.0

The netmask consists of four fields, separated by a dot (.). Each field is a decimal value from 0 through 255.

4 Type the new netmask and press <Enter> to confirm.5 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS. The printer will

prompt to be rebooted.6 If you have changed the netmask, press <1> and <Enter> to reboot the printer.

Ethernet

The ‘ETHERNET’ menu enables you to set the Ethernet parameters of the printer.

Internet address The ‘IPADDRESS’ option allows you to set the Internet address.


▼▼▼▼ To specify the Internet address:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘FRONTEND’, ‘NETWORK’ and ‘TCPIP’.3 Select ‘ETHERNET’ and ‘IPADDRESS’.

The current Internet address is displayed, e.g.:134.188.76.107

The Internet address consists of four fields, separated by a dot (.). Each field is a decimal value from 0 through 255.

4 Type the new Internet address and press <Enter> to confirm.5 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.6 If you have changed the Internet address, reboot the printer.

DHCP supportDHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. With DHCP enabled, the printer gets the following Ethernet configuration settings from the DHCP-server:■ Printer name■ Internet address■ Netmask■ Router name■ Router Internet address.

Note: With DHCP enabled, these settings will disappear from the C-KOS menu tree.

At boot time the Ethernet configuration settings will be updated with the settings from the DHCP-server. During boot time the printer will wait maximum 120 seconds for obtaining a valid IP-address from the DHCP-server. To view the Ethernet settings, obtained during boot time from the DHCP-server, you have to print a Status Report.

If no DHCP-server can be found within 120 seconds, the printer sets the IP-address to ‘0.0.0.0’. The printer keeps trying to get a valid IP-address. If the printer eventually obtains the Ethernet settings from a DHCP-server, these settings will not be included in the Status Report.

The printer will not update the Dynamic Domain Name Server (DDNS) with the printer name you specified in C-KOS. A client host name sent by the DHCP-server will overrule the printer name you specified in C-KOS.


▼▼▼▼ To enable DHCP

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘FRONTEND’, ‘NETWORK’ and ‘TCPIP’.3 Select ‘ETHERNET’ and ‘DHCP’.

The following message will be displayed:DHCP = disabled 1:enable

4 Press <1> and <Enter> to enable DHCP.The new setting is displayed.

5 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.6 Reboot the printer to obtain the Ethernet settings from the DHCP-server.

▼▼▼▼ To disable DHCP

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘FRONTEND’, ‘NETWORK’ and ‘TCPIP’.3 Select ‘ETHERNET’ and ‘DHCP’.

The following message will be displayed:DHCP = enabled 1:disable

4 Press <1> and <Enter> to disable DHCP.The new setting is displayed.

5 Press <Escape> to return to the menu.6 Specify your Ethernet settings.

Token Ring

The ‘TOKENRING’ menu enables you to set the Token Ring parameters of the printer.

▼▼▼▼ To specify the Token Ring Internet address:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘NETWORK’.3 Select ‘TCPIP’, ‘TOKENRING’ and ‘IPADDRESS’.

The current Internet address is displayed, e.g.:

134.188.76.107


4 Type the new Internet address and press <Enter> to confirm.5 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.6 If you have changed the Internet address, reboot the printer.


▼▼▼▼ To set the Token Ring MTU (Maximum Transfer Unit) size:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘NETWORK’.3 Select ‘TCPIP’, ‘TOKENRING’ and ‘MTU’.

The current MTU size is displayed, e.g.:1470

This must be a value between 256 and 17389. Preferable all hosts on the network use different values. The value is given when installing the Token Ring driver.Default value: 4096 bytes.

4 Type the new MTU size and press <Enter> to confirm.5 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.6 If you have changed the MTU size, reboot the printer.

Router

The ‘ROUTER’ menu allows you to specify the router host name and the router Internet address.

▼▼▼▼ To specify the router host name:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘NETWORK’.3 Select ‘TCPIP’, ‘ROUTER’ and ‘HOSTNAME’.

The current host name is displayed, e.g.:router

4 Type the new host name and press <Enter> to confirm.5 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS. The printer will

prompt to be rebooted.6 If you have changed the host name, press <1> and <Enter> to reboot the

printer.

▼▼▼▼ To set the router Internet address:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘NETWORK’.3 Select ‘TCPIP’, ‘ROUTER’ and ‘IPADDRESS’.

The current Internet address is displayed, e.g.:134.188.76.107



4 Type the new Internet address and press <Enter> to confirm.5 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS. The printer will

prompt to be rebooted.6 If you have changed the Internet address, press <1> and <Enter> to reboot the

printer.

SNMP parameters

The ‘Simple Network Management Protocol’ (SNMP) is by default installed. On your request, SNMP can be disabled by your local System Consultant or Service Engineer.

The ‘SNMP’ menu allows you to specify the following SNMP network parameters:■ community name■ trap destinations.

Note: The ‘system location’ and ‘administrator name’ can only be changed via the SNMP protocol.

▼▼▼▼ To set the community name:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘NETWORK’.3 Select ‘SNMP’ and ‘COMMUNITY’.

The current community name displayed, e.g.:oce_operator

The community name supports only the 7-bits ASCII character set and is maximum 20 characters long. The community name may not be empty.

4 Type the new community name and press <Enter> to confirm.5 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.

▼▼▼▼ To set the trap destinations:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘NETWORK’.3 Select ‘SNMP’ and ‘ADDTRPDST’.

The following message will be displayed:0.0.0.0

The trap destination address consists of four fields, separated by a dot (.). Each field is a decimal value from 0 through 255.You can specify up to 3 trap destinations.


4 Type the new Internet address and press <Enter> to confirm.Or,If you already have used the 3 entries, the following message will be displayed:

All trap destinations used!


▼▼▼▼ To remove the trap destinations:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘NETWORK’.3 Select ‘SNMP’ and ‘REMTRPDST’.


Remove trap dest. X.X.X.X? 1:YES

In which ‘X.X.X.X’ is the Internet address.4 Press ‘1’ and <Enter> to confirm.5 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.

For more information on SNMP and these settings, refer to the Océ Power Print Controller Technical Reference Manual.

NetWare parameters (optional)

When you connect your Océ 8400 Series printer to a NetWare server, you should:■ configure the Ethernet frame type■ report information on the NetWare file servers■ configure the NetWare network number■ specify the name of the NetWare server■ configure the NetWare print queue names■ set the NetWare password.

Configure the Ethernet frame type In an Ethernet environment, nodes communicate with each other by sending data in frames (packets) along an Ethernet cabling system. NetWare supports four frame types. As different frame types cannot communicate with each other, it is up to you to configure the frame type used in your network on your printer.

▼▼▼▼ To configure the Ethernet frame type:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘NETWORK’.3 Select ‘NETWARE’ and ‘ETHERNET’.


One of the following lines is displayed:Ethernet Type = 1 (ethernet ii):

Ethernet Type = 2 (ethernet 802.3):

Ethernet Type = 3 (ethernet 802.2):

Ethernet Type = 4 (ethernet snap):

4 Type the number of your choice and <Enter> to configure the Ethernet frame type.The new setting is displayed.

5 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS. The printer will prompt to be rebooted.

6 If you have changed the Ethernet type, press <1> and <Enter> to reboot the printer.

Report information on the NetWare file servers On the printer you can read information about the file servers on the network. You can, for example, find out the network number.

▼▼▼▼ To report information on NetWare file servers:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘NETWORK’.3 Select ‘NETWARE’ and ‘DIAG’.

The following message appears:

Start NetWare diagnostics 1:YES

4 Type <1> and <Enter> to report information on NetWare file servers. The diagnostics are started. If running the diagnostics fails, the following message is displayed: Running NetWare diagnostics: Failed


Configure the NetWare network number On the printer you should enter the number of the NetWare network to which the printer is attached. Use the ‘DIAG’ menu option described above to find this information.

▼▼▼▼ To configure the NetWare network number:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘NETWORK’.3 Select ‘NETWARE’ and ‘NWNUMBER’.

The current NetWare network number is displayed, e.g.:NetWare Network Number = 1:

4 Type the new network number and press <Enter> to confirm.


The network number is a hexadecimal number. It consists of at least one, and at most eight digits.


Specify the name of the NetWare server On the printer you should enter the name of the server on which the print queues reside.

▼▼▼▼ To specify the name of the NetWare server:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘NETWORK’.3 Select ‘NETWARE’ and ‘FILESERV’.

The current server name is displayed, e.g.:NetWare File Server = NETWARE_FS:

4 Type the file server name and press <Enter> to confirm.5 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.

Configure the NetWare print queue names On the NetWare server, each print job is sent to a print queue. Queues are usually named according to the type or location of the printer. The printer can manage up to four NetWare print queues. For each of them you have to enter the queue name.

▼▼▼▼ To configure the NetWare print queue names:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘NETWORK’.3 Select ‘NETWARE’ and ‘NWPRINTQ1’or ‘NWPRINTQ2’or

‘NWPRINTQ3’or ‘NWPRINTQ4’.The current queue name is displayed, e.g.:NETWARE_Q

4 Type the new queue name and press <Enter> to confirm.5 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS. The printer will

prompt to be rebooted.6 If you have changed the queue name, press <1> and <Enter> to reboot the

printer.

Set the NetWare password On the printer you can set a password to restrict access to the file server. The password must match the login password on the file server.

Note: The Océ 8400 Series only supports unencrypted passwords.


▼▼▼▼ To set the NetWare password:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘NETWORK’.3 Select ‘NETWARE’ and ‘PPASSWORD’.

The following message appears:xxxxxxxxxxxx

‘xxxxxxxxxxxx’ stands for the current password.4 Type the password and press <Enter> to confirm.5 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS. The printer will

prompt to be rebooted.6 If you have changed the password, press <1> and <Enter> to reboot the printer.


AppleTalk parameters (optional)The optional ‘APPLETALK’ menu allows you to run ‘AppleTalk diagnostics’, and to set the AppleTalk interface parameter ‘AppleTalk zone name’.

AppleTalk diagnostics With the diagnostics you can check the AppleTalk network to which the printer is attached. The printer will report information about AppleTalk zone names visible on the network.

▼▼▼▼ To run the AppleTalk diagnostics:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘FRONTEND’ and then ‘NETWORK’.

Select ‘APPLETALK’ and then ‘DIAG’ from the menu.The following line is displayed:Start AppleTalk diag program 1: YES

3 Type <1> and <continue> to start the AppleTalk diagnostics.If running the diagnostics fails, the following message will be displayed:Running AppleTalk diag: Failed

4 Press <line> to return to the menu and then quit C-KOS.

AppleTalk zone name You can set the AppleTalk zone name of the network to which the printer is attached.

▼▼▼▼ To specify the AppleTalk zone name:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘FRONTEND’ and then ‘NETWORK’.3 Select ‘APPLETALK’ and then ‘ZONENAME’ from the menu.

The following message appears:xxx...xx

in which ‘xxx...’ is the current zone name.

4 Type the new zone name.

Attention: If your network does not contain any specific zones, then you must fill in the following string (case sensitive):

NoZone

5 Press <line> to return to the menu and then quit C-KOS.6 Reboot the printer if you have changed the zone name.


Interface settings

The ‘INTERFACE’ submenu in the C-KOS ‘SETTINGS’ menu item allows you to specify the host communication interface parameters. Several functions are available for each interface. In the menu, one or more of the following interfaces are available, depending on the configuration of your printer:■ Centronics (optional)■ Socket■ Server■ FTP■ LP■ AppleTalk (optional)■ NetWare (optional).

For each interface you can:■ enable or disable the host I/O channel■ release or hold the I/O channel queue■ control the queue handling of the host I/O channel.

[14] Host communication settings

Disable

Enable

Hold

Release

Disable

Enable

Hold

Release

Disable

Enable

Hold

Release

ChannelQueue

ChannelQueue

PrintQueue

ChannelQueue


Additional functions are available for the following interfaces:■ FTP: timeout■ FTP: dummy password■ LP: selection of the lpheader paper tray■ LP: suppressing the header page■ NetWare: selection of the nwheader paper tray■ NetWare: suppressing the header page.

Enable or disable a host I/O channel

The ‘INTERFACE’ function allows you to enable or disable a host I/O channel. If the I/O channel is disabled, no new data will be captured through this channel.

▼▼▼▼ To enable or disable a host I/O channel:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘INTERFACE’.3 Select the interface of your choice and select ‘ENABLE’.

One of the following lines is displayed:Name communication = enabled 1:disable

or

Name communication = disabled 1:enable

‘Name’ is the name of the interface you have selected:■ ‘Cen1’or ‘Cen2’: Centronics■ ‘Sck’: Socket■ ‘Srv’: Server■ ‘Ftp’: FTP■ ‘Lp’: LPD■ ‘Nw’: NetWare■ ‘At’: AppleTalk

4 Press <1> and <Enter> to enable or disable the I/O channel.Note: Enabling or disabling NetWare or AppleTalk communication will take some time, so when the NetWare or AppleTalk has been selected, the ‘Please Wait’ message will be displayed.



Release or hold an I/O channel queueThe ‘QSTATE’ function allows you to specify what happens to data received through a specific I/O channel. The queue state can be:■ released: the data is sent to the appropriate print context■ on hold: the data is held in the I/O channel queue.

If all incoming jobs on the printer are in a queue that is set on hold, the number of queued jobs will be displayed behind the ‘Idle’ message. For example:

Idle 3 jobs on hold

You have to release the queue again to print the queued jobs.

▼▼▼▼ To specify the queue state of an I/O channel:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘INTERFACE’.3 Select the interface of your choice and select ‘QSTATE’.


Name queue state = Released 1:On hold

orName queue state = On hold 1:Released

‘Name’ is the name of the interface you have selected:■ ‘Cen1’or ‘Cen2’: Centronics■ ‘Sck’: Socket■ ‘Srv’: Server■ ‘Ftp’: FTP■ ‘Lp’: LPD■ ‘Nw’: NetWare■ ‘At’: AppleTalk

4 Press <1> and <Enter> to release or hold the queue state.The new queue state is displayed.



Queue handling of a host I/O channelFor each host I/O channel, you can control the behaviour of the print queue of this I/O channel with the ‘QHANDLING’ function. You can set the printer to:

Print while spool The setting print-while-spool makes sure the print job is scheduled for printing as soon as possible, i.e. immediately after the first data byte is received. While printing, the job is also spooled in the channel queue. This mode is the fastest way of unloading the host and getting the print job in the printer.

Spool then print If the data transfer rate via an input channel is low, the spool-then-print mode is more suitable. In this case the job is completely spooled before the job is scheduled for printing. When the last byte of the job has arrived on the printer, the printer can handle the job without being delayed by slow communication.

Direct printing The direct printing mode may improve the printer throughput. This mode sets up a one-way connection from an input channel to a PDL without intermediate spooling. A job will be blocked and waiting until it can be printed. A waiting job also blocks the input channel for the following jobs, so this mode is especially suitable if the printer can process the jobs at approximately the same speed as the host sends them.

Note: The printer may decide to spool the jobs anyway, if it is required to realise the JAC functionality. This may happen in case of multiple job processing or collated copies.

▼▼▼▼ To control the queue handling of an I/O channel:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘INTERFACE’.3 Select the interface of your choice and select ‘QHANDLING’.

The following line is displayed:Name queue handl = n (type):

‘Name’ is the name of the interface you have selected:■ ‘Cen1’or ‘Cen2’: Centronics■ ‘Sck’: TCP/IP Socket■ ‘Srv’: PrintLink■ ‘Ftp’: FTP■ ‘Lp’: LP■ ‘Nw’: NetWare■ ‘At’: AppleTalk.


‘n’ and ‘type’ can be:

4 Type the number of the queue handling of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.


Maximum number of jobs in a queue

In order to keep control over your print jobs on your network print server, use the ‘QMAXJOBS’ function. The ‘QMAXJOBS’ function allows to specify the maximum number of jobs the printer will queue from an interface.

For example, you may set ‘QMAXJOBS’ to 10 for FTP. As long as the number of FTP jobs in the queue is 10, the printer will not accept any new FTP jobs. It will, however, still accept jobs from other interfaces.

Note: The performance of the printer may decrease if the maximum number of jobs in a queue is set too low.

▼▼▼▼ To specify the maximum number of jobs in a queue:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘INTERFACE’.3 Select the interface and select ‘QMAXJOBS’.

One of the following lines is displayed:Name max nr of jobs = xxxx (jobs):

orName max nr of jobs = 0 (no limit):

‘Name’ is the name of the interface you have selected:■ ‘Cen1’or ‘Cen2’: Centronics■ ‘Sck’: TCP/IP Socket■ ‘Srv’: PrintLink■ ‘Ftp’: FTP

n type explanation

1 Print / spool Print while spool: printing starts while the printer is spooling

2 Spool › print Spool then print: printing starts after spooling

3 Direct Direct printing: printing starts as soon as a data byte is received


■ ‘Lp’: LP■ ‘Nw’: NetWare.

‘xxxx’ is the current maximum number of jobs in a queue. You can set the maximum number of jobs in a queue from 0 to 9999 jobs. If the maximum queue size is set to 0, there is no limit to the number of jobs in the queue.

4 Type the maximum numbers of jobs in a queue and press <Enter> to confirm.5 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.

FTP timeout

If within the FTP timeout no FTP commands are received, the FTP connection to the host is closed automatically.

▼▼▼▼ To set the FTP timeout:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘INTERFACE’.3 Select ‘FTP’ and ‘TIMEOUT’.

The following line is displayed:Ftp connection timeout = xxxx (Sec):

in which ‘xxxx’ is the current timeout setting in seconds.You can set the timeout between 0 and 9999 seconds. The timeout is disabled if you set it to 0. This means that the FTP host channel cannot be closed automatically. The default timeout is of 900 seconds.

4 Type the FTP timeout of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.5 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.


Asking for FTP dummy passwordSome convertor boxes expect FTP to ask for a password. When this option is enabled, all users will be asked for a password. When this option is disabled, only the user ‘keyoperator’ will be asked for a password. Only the password for a ‘keyoperator’ will be checked.

The difference between ordinary users and ‘keyoperator’ users when logging in to FTP is explained in detail in the Océ Power Print Controller Technical Reference Manual.

▼▼▼▼ To set the FTP dummy password:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘INTERFACE’.3 Select ‘FTP’ and ‘ASKPASSWD’.

One of the following lines is displayed, depending on the current setting:Ftp ask dummy passwd = enabled 1:disable

orFtp ask dummy passwd = disabled 1:enable

4 Press <1> and <Enter> to the dummy password on or off.5 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.

Specifying the ‘lpheader’ paper tray

A specific LP header flagsheet, called ‘lpheader’, is associated with the LP interface. You may want to print the special LP header page on special paper, e.g. coloured paper. For this purpose you can specify the paper tray from which to take paper for this page only.

Note: Whether or not the header page is printed depends on the LP options used with the print command on the host, the C-KOS setting or on the ART settings.

▼▼▼▼ To specify the ‘lpheader’ paper tray:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘INTERFACE’.3 Select ‘LP’ and ‘PAPERTRAY’.


Lp header paper tray = # (1...4):e.g. Lp header paper tray = 1 [1....4]


The bulk paper tray is selected by default. 4 Type the number of the tray of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.5 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.

Suppressing the LP headerYou can suppress or force an LP header page to be printed before the print job.

You can choose between three options:■ The banner is always printed (you force a header page).■ The banner is never printed (you suppress a header page).■ The banner is printed conform the protocol.

▼▼▼▼ To suppress/force an LP header page:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘INTERFACE’.3 Select ‘LP’ and ‘HEADPAGE’.


LP header handling = x (y):_

where ‘x’ is the current page handling configuration and ‘y’ is the current header page handling description as is described in following table:

4 Type the number of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.5 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.

x y

1 LP protocol

2 always a header

3 never a header


Specifying the ‘nwheader’ paper tray (optional)A specific NetWare header flagsheet, called ‘nwheader’, is associated with the NetWare interface. You may want to print the special NetWare header page on special paper, e.g. coloured paper. For this purpose you can specify the paper tray from which to take paper for this page only.

Note: Whether or not the header page is printed depends on the NetWare options used with the print command on the host, the C-KOS setting or on the ART settings.

▼▼▼▼ To specify the ‘nwheader’ paper tray:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘INTERFACE’.3 Select ‘NETWARE’ and ‘PAPERTRAY’.

The following line is displayed:Nw header paper tray = # [1...4]:e.g. Nw header paper tray = 2 [1...4]

The bulk paper tray is selected by default. 4 Type the number of the tray of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.5 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.

Suppressing the NetWare header

You can suppress or force a NetWare header page to be printed before the print job.

You can choose between three options:■ The banner is always printed (you force a header page).■ The banner is never printed (you suppress a header page).■ The banner is printed conform the protocol.

▼▼▼▼ To suppress/force a NetWare header page:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘INTERFACE’.3 Select ‘NETWARE’ and ‘HEADPAGE’.


NW header handling = x (y):_


where ‘x’ is the current page handling configuration and ‘y’ is the current header page handling description as is described in following table:

4 Type the number of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.5 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.

x y

1 NW protocol

2 always a header

3 never a header


Interface configuration

The ‘INTERFACE’ submenu in the C-KOS ‘CONFIG’ menu item allows you to configure the interface parameters for:■ Centronics (optional)■ TCP/IP raw socket.

The settings are discussed below.

Centronics configuration (optional)

For each Centronics interface, you can configure the following additional settings:■ the communication timeout■ enabling or disabling the return communication.

The communication timeout The timeout allows for automatic closing of the Centronics service. If no data entered the Centronics interface within the timeout, an end-of-job condition is assumed on the received data.

▼▼▼▼ To set the Centronics timeout:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘INTERFACE’.3 Select ‘CENTR1’ or ‘CENTR2’ and ‘TIMEOUT’.

One of the following lines is displayed:Cen1 connection timeout = xxxx (Sec):

orCen2 connection timeout = xxxx (Sec):

in which ‘xxxx’ is the current timeout in seconds. The timeout can be set from 0 through 9999 seconds. The default timeout is of 10 seconds.If you set the timeout to 0, the timeout mechanism is disabled. With the timeout mechanism disabled the interface will keep the printer on ‘Page Processing’. With a Separation Instruction File (SIF) a job end can be forced. For more information on a SIF refer to Océ Power Print Controller Technical Reference Manual.

4 Type the timeout of your choice in seconds and press <Enter> to confirm.5 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.


Enabling or disabling the return communication With the return communication setting you can specify if you want to make use of the status signal lines. If the status signal lines are enabled, the following printer status signals are send to the host through the Centronics interface:■ PAPER END■ SELECT■ ERROR

If the signal lines are disabled, the printer status is not signalled to the host. See also the Océ Power Print Controller Technical Reference Manual.

▼▼▼▼ To enable or disable the status lines:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘INTERFACE’.3 Select ‘CENTR1’ or ‘CENTR2’ and ‘RETOURCOM’.

One of the following messages appears:Cenx retourcom = enabled 1:disable

or

Cenx retourcom = disabled 1:enable

where ‘Cenx’ is ‘Cen1’ or ‘Cen2’.4 Press <1> and <Enter> to enable or disable the status lines.

The new setting is displayed.5 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.

TCP/IP raw socket configuration

You can configure the following settings for the TCP/IP raw socket interface:■ the TCP port number■ enable or disable the bi-directional mode■ enable or disable parse support.

TCP port number This port value specifies the port used for the socket interface between the host and the printer.


▼▼▼▼ To specify the TCP port number:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘INTERFACE’.3 Select ‘SOCKET’ and ‘PORT’.

The current port number is displayed, e.g.:Sck TCP port = 7500:

4 Type the new port number and press <Enter> to confirm.The port number must be set from 7500 through 9100.


6 If the TCP port number is changed, press <1> and <Enter> to reboot the printer.

Enabling the bi-directional mode The TCP/IP raw socket can be used in uni-directional or bi-directional mode. If the bi-directional mode is enabled, the printer can return data to the host.

▼▼▼▼ To enable or disable the bi-directional mode:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘INTERFACE’.3 Select ‘SOCKET’ and ‘BIDIRECT’.

One of the following lines is displayed:Sck bidirectional = enabled 1:disable

orSck bidirectional = disabled 1:enable

4 Press <1> and <Enter> to enable or disable the bi-directional mode.The new setting is displayed.


6 If the mode is changed, press <1> and <Enter> to reboot the printer.


Socket PARSE mode With the bi-directional mode enabled (see ‘Enabling the bi-directional mode’ on page 111), the Océ 8400 Series can transfer BCP-coded, or PJL data towards the host, using the same TCP port and socket connection. In the table below the options for parse support are explained.

The PCL5 PDL supports a complete set of PJL-commands. For an overview of the supported PJL commands, refer to the Océ Power Print Controller PCL5e Reference Guide.

For more information on PJL support, refer to the Océ Power Print Controller Technical Reference Manual.

Setting socket PARSE support The ‘PARSESUPP’ function allows you to specify the support for parsing raw data.

▼▼▼▼ To set socket PARSE support:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘INTERFACE’.3 Select ‘SOCKET’ and ‘PARSESUPP’.

Option Explanation

none No parse support for raw data.

bcp Adobe Binary Communications Protocol (BCP). The BCP mode is only meaningful when the socket interface is con-nected by default to a PostScript print context. With the BCP mode enabled, the interface can handle special events such as ‘status echo’, ‘end of job’ and ‘abort job’.

pjl Printer Job Language (PJL) protocol. Use this option when the socket interface is connected by default to a PCL or FOL print context. This mode is also referred to as ‘Limited PJL parsing’. ‘Limited PJL parsing’ offers you more control over your PCL and FOL print jobs and provides for status feedback infor-mation. The following PJL-commands are supported for ‘Limited PJL parsing’:- ECHO- INFO- USTATUS- USTATUSOFF- JOB, used for job separation- EOJ, used for job separation.

pjl+eoj This option has the same functionality as ‘PJL’, and separates the data stream into jobs using the PJL end-of-job marker.


The following line is displayed:Sck parse support = xxxx 1:yyyy

In which ‘xxxx’ is the current ‘PARSE’ setting, and ‘yyy’ can be ‘none’, ‘bcp’, ‘pjl’ or ‘pjl+eoj’.You can view the range of valid input options by pressing <Enter> repeatedly.

4 Press <1> and <Enter> to select the parse support setting of your choice.The new setting is displayed.

5 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.6 If the mode is changed, the printer will prompt to be rebooted.

Press <1> and <Enter> to reboot the printer.

SIF support A data stream can also be split into jobs and segments with a SIF (see ‘Interface-specific SIF settings’ on page 199). In table 15 an overview is given of valid combinations of SIF, parse support and the default print context.

Note: For ‘PARSE support’, the print context has to be connected as default print context to the socket interface. For more information, refer to ‘Setting the default printer context’ on page 115.

Note: In case SIF is not allowed, the printer will disable the active SIF for the socket interface.

Socket interface settings Default print context

BIDIRECT PARSESUPP PS PCL5 FOL

Enabled none Valid.SIF not allowed.

Valid.SIF not allowed.

Valid, no return communication.

bcp Valid.SIF not allowed.

Invalid. Invalid.

pjl / pjl+eoj Invalid. Valid.SIF allowed.

Valid.SIF allowed.

Disabled none Valid.SIF allowed.

Valid.SIF allowed.

Valid.SIF allowed.

pjl / pjl+eoj Invalid. Valid.SIF allowed.

Valid.SIF allowed.

[15] Combinations of parsing, default print context and SIF


The interface-context relationship

The Océ 8400 Series printers are available with one, two or three contexts. These are independent PDL environments, including all their cached resources. Contexts keep printing speed and productivity high, as downloaded fonts, macros and other resources are maintained in the context for printing.

Context saving and switching is particularly interesting in case an Océ 8400 Series is connected simultaneously to, e.g. a host and a network. From within a job ticket you can specify which PDL should be used, but also whether to use context 1, 2 or 3.

To simplify the use of different contexts, you can configure the relationship between a host communication interface and context.

The ‘INTF-PDL’ menu allows you to set:■ the default print context■ the interface for a print context.

In order to configure the interface-context relationship the printer must support multiple contexts, or the AJC/FOL module is installed.

The ‘INTF-PDL’ menu contains both the interfaces and contexts installed on your printer:■ AJCFOL■ FTP■ LP■ SERVER■ SOCKET■ CENTR1■ CENTR2■ NETWARE■ APPLETALK■ PS-x■ PCL5-x■ FOL-x■ TIFF-x


Setting the default printer contextYou can couple each interface to a default print context. This is the print context the received data will be sent to. E.g.: if the print jobs sent via FTP are mainly PostScript jobs, you can use the context PS-1 as default context for the FTP interface. Non-PostScript jobs from this interface can still be redirected to another print context, by use of a job ticket.

Refer to the Océ Power Print Controller Technical Reference Manual for more information on job tickets.

In the menu, one or more of the interfaces are available, depending on the configuration of your printer.

Note: The AJCFOL context always takes up one interface: via this interface you cannot send jobs to other contexts. The AJCFOL context can only accept data from one interface and the default context for this interface is automatically set to AJCFOL.

▼▼▼▼ To set the default printer context:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘INTF-PDL’.3 Select the interface of your choice.

The following line is displayed:Name default context = #(contextname):

‘Name’ is the name of the interface you have selected:■ ‘Cen1’ or ‘Cen2’: Centronics■ ‘Sck’: Socket■ ‘Srv’: Server■ ‘Ftp’: FTP■ ‘Lp’: LPD■ ‘At’: AppleTalk■ ‘Nw’: NetWare

‘#’ is the sequential number of your choice

‘contextname’ is the name of the context:■ AJCFOL■ PS-x■ PCL5-x■ FOL-x■ TIFF-x


4 Use <Enter> to scroll through the list of contexts. Type the number of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.

5 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS. When leaving C-KOS the following message is displayed: Reboot printer 1:YES

6 Press <1> and then <Enter> to reboot the printer and activate the new configuration.


Interface selection You can set for each context from which interfaces it will accept data. E.g.: if your printer has a PCL5-1 and a FOL-2 context, you can restrict the PCL5-1 context to jobs received via the Netware interface and allow the FOL-2 context to accept jobs coming from all interfaces.

Dependent print jobs Each input channel is configured with a default print context. Some jobs, however, are ‘dependent jobs’ — i.e. the PDL context left by a job has to be used as the starting point for the next job. Dependent jobs are common in AS/400 and IPDS environments.

If a print context is configured for dependent jobs, a fixed relationship exists between the input channel and the print context. The printer treats the incoming data like dependent jobs. The PDL will not be reset between jobs. The fixed relationship has the following consequences:■ The print context can only accept jobs from the configured input channel.■ A print context can only be configured for one dependent input flow at a

time.

In the menu, one or more of the interfaces are available, depending on the configuration of your printer.

Note: The AJC/FOL context always takes up one interface: via this interface you cannot send jobs to other contexts. The AJC/FOL context can only accept data from one interface and the default context for this interface is automatically set to AJC/FOL.

Note: If an interface is configured dependent (as AJC/FOL), job recovery from power down is not possible. The reason for this is that a previous job may have changed some layout settings which are essential for the next job.

▼▼▼▼ To select the interface(s):

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘INTF-PDL’.3 Select the context of your choice.

The following line is displayed:Interface for contextname = # (name):

‘contextname’ is the name of the context you have selected:■ AJCFOL■ PS-x■ PCL5-x


■ FOL-x■ TIFF-x

‘#’ is the sequential number of your choice

‘name’ is the name of the interface:■ ALL■ NONE■ FTP■ LP■ SERVER■ SOCKET■ CENTR1■ CENTR2■ NETWARE■ APPLETALK

Note: When AJCFOL is edited you can choose between one specific interface or ‘NONE’. For all other contexts you can choose one specific interface or ‘ALL’.

4 Use <Enter> to scroll through the interface list. Type the number of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.

5 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS. When leaving C-KOS the following message is displayed: Reboot printer? 1:YES

6 Press <1> and then <Enter> to reboot the printer and activate the new configuration.

119

Océ 8400 Series


Chapter 6PDL parameters

This chapter describes how to specify the settings for the use of PostScript, PCL, FOL, TIFF and/or IPDS.


Printer contexts

To handle print jobs from both data processing and office environments in an independent way, the Océ 8400 Series printer can contain three print contexts. For homogenous environments the printer may be configured with only one print context.

A print context contains the Page Description Language (PDL) environment and its cached resources, such as downloaded fonts, macros, and so on. One print context does not influence another print context. By means of Job Automation Control (JAC) the appropriate print context for a print job can be selected. Refer to the Océ Power Print Controller Technical Reference Manual for more information.

C-KOS allows you to set a number of defaults for each PDL in the ‘PDL’ menu. Depending on the configuration of your specific print contexts, one, two or three of the following options are available in the ‘PDL’ menu:■ PS-1: PostScript Level 2 parameters for print context 1■ PS-2: PostScript Level 2 parameters for print context 2■ PS-3: PostScript Level 2 parameters for print context 3■ PCL5-1: PCL5e parameters for print context 1■ PCL5-2: PCL5e parameters for print context 2■ PCL5-3: PCL5e parameters for print context 3■ FOL-1: FOL parameters for print context 1■ FOL-2: FOL parameters for print context 2■ FOL-3: FOL parameters for print context 3■ TIFF-1: TIFF parameters for print context 1■ TIFF-2: TIFF parameters for print context 2■ TIFF-3: TIFF parameters for print context 3■ OPDS-1: IPDS parameters for print context 1■ OPDS-2: IPDS parameters for print context 2■ OPDS-3: IPDS parameters for print context 3.

These parameters are described in this chapter.

To facilitate an easy integration with the Océ FOL printer range, the Océ 8400 Series support an AJCFOL module. C-KOS allows you to set a number of defaults for the AJCFOL context. These defaults are described in ‘The AJC/FOL option’ on page 206.

PDL parameters 121

PostScript parameters

Through C-KOS you can specify the default printing characteristics for PostScript printing. These settings are:■ default input paper tray■ default duplex printing■ in case of duplex printing, default tumbling■ default output bin■ default stapling ■ default jogging ■ the job timeout■ printing PostScript error pages.

Note: These default PostScript settings can be overruled by JAC or settings in the print data. For example, if simplex printing is specified in JAC then the PostScript duplex setting will be ignored. Refer to the Océ Power Print Controller Technical Reference Manual for more information on the relation between JAC and PDL settings.

Note: PostScript wait timeout is not supported.

PostScript default input paper tray

The ‘PAPERTRAY’ function allows you to select a default input paper tray for all PostScript jobs.

▼▼▼▼ To set the default input paper tray for PostScript:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select the print context that is configured for PostScript (‘PS-1’, ‘PS-2’ or

‘PS-3’).4 Select ‘PSPARMS’ and ‘PAPERTRAY’.

The following line will be displayed, according to the current setting:PS Paper tray = # [1...4] :e.g. PS Paper tray = 2 [1...4]

The default setting is 4 (bulk paper tray).5 Type the number of the paper tray of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.

The new input tray setting is displayed.


Note: The PostScript default input paper tray must match the current tray map activated in the ‘TRAYMAP’ menu.


PostScript default duplex printingThrough C-KOS you can set default duplex printing on or off for all PostScript jobs. If tumble is enabled, the backside of each duplex page is rotated by 180°.

▼▼▼▼ To enable or disable default duplex printing for PostScript:


‘PS-3’).4 Select ‘PSPARMS’ and ‘DUPLEX’.

One of the following lines is displayed:PS duplex = ON 1:OFF

or

PS duplex = OFF 1:ON

5 Press <1> and <Enter> to switch default duplex printing on or off.The new setting is displayed.


▼▼▼▼ To specify the tumble mode:


‘PS-3’).4 Select ‘PSPARMS’ and ‘TUMBLE’.

One of the following lines is displayed:PS tumble = ON 1:OFF

or

PS tumble = OFF 1:ON

5 Press <1> and <Enter> to set the tumble mode on or off.The new setting is displayed.


PDL parameters 123

PostScript default output binYour printer has a 20-bin Sorter and a finisher. You can set a default output bin for all PostScript jobs with the ‘OUTPUTBIN’ function. If the output bin number is not explicitly specified, the default output bin is selected.

▼▼▼▼ To set the default output bin for PostScript:


‘PS-3’).4 Select ‘PSPARMS’ and ‘OUTPUTBIN’.

The following line is displayed:PS output bin = # [1...81]:

e.g. PS output bin = 2 [1...81]:

Valid values are:1...20 = Sorter61 = finisher81 = output bin

Only range check 1....81 will be done.

The default setting is 1 (logical bin 1).5 Type the number corresponding to your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.

The new setting is displayed.Note: The PostScript default output bin must match the current binmap activated in the ‘DEPOSIT’ menu.


PostScript default stapling

Because your printer has a finisher, C-KOS allows you to set default stapling. If the option is enabled, all PostScript documents will be stapled by default.

▼▼▼▼ To enable or disable default stapling for PostScript:


‘PS-3’).4 Select ‘PSPARMS’ and ‘STAPLE’.



PS staple = ON 1:OFF

orPS staple = OFF 1:ON

5 Press <1> and <Enter> to switch the default stapling on or off.The new setting is displayed.


PostScript default jogging

You can enable default jogging for the PostScript PDL. Jogging has different meanings for the finisher and the sorter.

Finisher With jogging enabled the jobs will be stacked with an offset.

Sorter With the separate documents (SEPDOC) function from the ‘DEPOSIT’ menu and jogging both enabled, each job will be delivered into a separate bin.

▼▼▼▼ To enable or disable default jogging for PostScript:


‘PS-3’).4 Select ‘PSPARMS’ and ‘JOG’.

One of the following lines is displayed:PS jog = ON 1:OFF

orPS jog = OFF 1:ON

5 Press <1> and <Enter> to switch the PostScript default jogging on or off.The new setting is displayed.


PDL parameters 125

PostScript job timeoutBy means of the ‘JOBTO’ function, you can set the job timeout for all PostScript jobs. This is the maximum duration of a print job. If the job timeout is exceeded, the printer aborts the current job.

▼▼▼▼ To set the job timeout for PostScript:


‘PS-3’).4 Select ‘PSPARMS’ and ‘JOBTO’.

The following line is displayed: PS job timeout = xxxx (Sec):

in which ‘xxxx’ is the current job timeout in seconds. The job timeout must be equal or greater than 15 seconds. You can disable the job timeout by setting it to 0. If you do so, the printer will try to process any job, no matter how long it takes. Usually the job timeout is disabled.

5 Type the job timeout in seconds. Press <Enter> to confirm.The new timeout is displayed.



Printing PostScript error pagesWhen the PostScript interpreter detects an error in the PostScript data, an error page can be generated if the ‘ERRPAGE’ option is enabled. The error page is printed and the rest of the job is aborted. This means that the error page is the last printed page of the job that contained the error. You can use the information on the error page to clear the error.

Note: The error page is a part of the document. It will be stacked and /or stapled just as the document pages.

▼▼▼▼ To enable or disable the PostScript error page:


‘PS-3’).4 Select ‘PSPARMS’ and ‘ERRPAGE’.

One of the following lines is displayed, depending on the current setting:PS errorpage = enabled 1:disable

or

PS errorpage = disabled 1:enable

5 Press <1> and <Enter> to enable or disable the error page, according to the current configuration.The new setting is displayed.


PDL parameters 127

PCL5 parameters

Through C-KOS you can specify the default printing characteristics for PCL5 print jobs. These defaults are:■ input paper tray■ paper size■ duplex printing■ binding edge■ default output bin■ default stapling ■ default jogging ■ printing orientation■ font number■ symbol set■ vertical motion index■ font pitch■ font size■ quality parameters■ end-of-line control■ empty page processing■ horizontal offset■ download mode

PCL5 default input paper tray

The ‘PAPERTRAY’ function allows you to set a default input paper tray for all PCL5 jobs, or to specify default manual feed (bypass). If the PCL page description does not specify the paper tray for a page, the default will be used.

▼▼▼▼ To specify the default paper tray for PCL5:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select the print context that is configured for PCL5 (‘PCL5-1’, ‘PCL5-2’ or

‘PCL5-3’).4 Select ‘PCLPARMS’ and ‘PAPERTRAY’.

The following line is displayed:PCL5 paper tray = # (1...4) :

e.g. PCL5 paper tray = 3 [1...4]


The default is 4 (bulk paper tray).5 Type the number of the paper source of your choice and press <Enter> to

confirm.The new setting is displayed.Note: The PCL5 default input paper tray must match the current tray map activated in the ‘TRAYMAP’ menu.


PCL5 default duplex printing

Through C-KOS you can set default duplex printing on or off for all PCL5 jobs.

▼▼▼▼ To enable or disable default duplex printing for PCL5:


‘PCL5-3’).4 Select ‘PCLPARMS’ and ‘DUPLEX’.

One of the following lines is displayed:PCL duplex mode = ON 1:OFF

or

PCL duplex mode = OFF 1:ON



PCL5 default output bin

Your printer has a 20-bin Sorter and a finisher. You can set a default output bin for all PCL5 jobs with the ‘OUTPUTBIN’ function. If the output bin number is not explicitly specified, the default output bin is selected.

▼▼▼▼ To set the default output bin for PCL:


‘PCL5-3’).4 Select ‘PCLPARMS’ and ‘OUTPUTBIN’.


PDL parameters 129

PCL5 output bin = # [1...81]:

e.g. PCL5 output bin = 2 [1...81]:




The new setting is displayed.Note: The PCL5 default output bin must match the current binmap activated in the ‘DEPOSIT’ menu.


PCL5 default stapling

Because your printer has a finisher, C-KOS allows you to set default stapling. If the option is enabled, all PCL5 documents will be stapled by default.

▼▼▼▼ To enable or disable default stapling for PCL5:


‘PCL5-3’).4 Select ‘PCLPARMS’ and ‘STAPLE’.

One of the following lines is displayed:PCL5 staple = ON 1:OFF

or

PCL5 staple = OFF 1:ON




PCL5 default joggingYou can enable default jogging for the PCL PDL. Jogging has different meanings for the finisher and the sorter.



▼▼▼▼ To enable or disable default jogging for PCL5:


‘PCL5-3’).4 Select ‘PCLPARMS’ and ‘JOG’.

One of the following lines is displayed:PCL5 jog = ON 1:OFF

or

PCL5 jog = OFF 1:ON

5 Press <1> and <Enter> to switch the PCL5 default jogging on or off.The new setting is displayed.


PCL5 default page orientation

The ‘ORIENT’ option allows you to set the default page orientation for all PCL5 jobs. You can select one of the following options:■ portrait■ reversed portrait (rportrait)■ landscape■ reversed landscape (rlandscape).

PDL parameters 131

The options are illustrated in the figure below.

[16] Page orientation

▼▼▼▼ To set the default page orientation for PCL5:


‘PCL5-3’).4 Select ‘PCLPARMS’ and ‘ORIENT’.


PCL5 orientation = # (orientation) :

in which ‘#’ and ‘orientation’ can be:

5 Type the number corresponding to the orientation of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The new orientation setting is displayed.


# orientation

1 PORTRAIT

2 LANDSCAPE

3 RPORTRAIT

4 RLANDSCAPE

PORTRAIT

LANDSCAPE

RPORTRAIT

RLANDSCAPE


PCL5 paper sizeThrough C-KOS you can set the default paper size for all PCL5 jobs.

▼▼▼▼ To set the default paper size for PCL5:


‘PCL5-3’).4 Select ‘PCLPARMS’ and ‘PAPERSIZE’.

The following line is displayed:PCL5 papersize = # (size): in which ‘#’ can be:

5 Type the number corresponding to the paper size of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The paper size setting is displayed.


# size

1 A3

2 A4

3 A5

4 KWARTO

5 LEDGER

6 LETTER

7 LEGAL-LARGE

8 LEGAL-SMALL

9 US-STANDARD

PDL parameters 133

PCL5 default binding edgeThe ‘BINDEDGE’ option allows you to specify the default binding edge for all PCL5 print jobs. The binding edge can either be the long or the short edge.

▼▼▼▼ To set the default binding edge for PCL5:


‘PCL5-3’).4 Select ‘PCLPARMS’ and ‘BINDEDGE’.

The following line is displayed:PCL5 binding = # (binding) :

in which ‘#’ and ‘binding’ can be:

5 Type the number corresponding to the binding edge of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The new binding setting is displayed.

6 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit

PCL5 default vertical motion index

The ‘VMI’ option allows you to specify the default vertical motion index for all PCL5 print jobs. The vertical motion index is specified in units of 1/1200 inch.

▼▼▼▼ To set the default vertical motion index for PCL5:


‘PCL5-3’).4 Select ‘PCLPARMS’ and ‘VMI’.

The following line is displayed:PCL5 vertical motion index = xxxx :

# binding

1 longedge

2 shortedge


in which ‘xxxx’ is the current vertical motion index.5 Type the vmi of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm. The value which

you enter must be greater than 0. The new setting is displayed.6 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.

PCL5 default font

The ‘FONTNR’ option allows you to specify the default font for all PCL5 print jobs. For a list of available fonts, first print a full Status Report. You will find the list of resident scalable fonts in the PCL5 Resources section.

▼▼▼▼ To set the default font for PCL5:


‘PCL5-3’).4 Select ‘PCLPARMS’ and ‘FONTNR’.

The following line is displayed:PCL5 font [0..yyyy] = xxxx :

in which ‘xxxx’ is the RO number of the current default font and ‘yyyy’ is the current upper limit (see Status Report).Note: 45 PCL5 resident fonts are installed on your printer. You can choose a default font from these: their RO numbers invariably range from 1 to 45.

5 Type the RO number of the font of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The new setting is displayed.


PCL5 default symbol set

The ‘SYMBOLSET’ option allows you to specify the default symbol set for all PCL5 print jobs. For a list of available symbol sets, first print a full Status Report. You will find the list of resident symbol sets in the PCL5 Resources section.

▼▼▼▼ To set the default symbol set for PCL5:


‘PCL5-3’).

PDL parameters 135

4 Select ‘PCLPARMS’ and ‘SYMBOLSET’.The following line is displayed:PCL5 symbolset = xxxx :

in which ‘xxxx’ is the RO identification of the current default symbol set.Note: RO identifications are unique and invariable.

5 Type the RO identification of the symbolset of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The new setting is displayed.


PCL5 default font pitch

The ‘FONTPITCH’ option allows you to specify the default font pitch for monospaced fonts used with PCL5. The font pitch is specified in units of 1/100 inch.

▼▼▼▼ To set the default font pitch for PCL5:


‘PCL5-3’).4 Select ‘PCLPARMS’ and ‘FONTPITCH’.

The following line is displayed:PCL5 fontpitch = xxxx :

in which ‘xxxx’ is the number of the current default font pitch.5 Type the font pitch of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm. The value

which you enter must be greater than 0. The new setting is displayed.6 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.


PCL5 default font sizeThe ‘FONTSIZE’ option allows you to specify the default font size (or height) for typographical fonts used with PCL5. The font size is specified in units of 1/7200 inch.

▼▼▼▼ To set the default font size for PCL5:


‘PCL5-3’).4 Select ‘PCLPARMS’ and ‘FONTSIZE’.

The following line is displayed:PCL5 fontsize = xxxx :

in which ‘xxxx’ is the number of the current default font size.5 Type the font size of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.


PCL5 quality parameters

The ‘QUALPARMS’ option allows you to set a number of parameters that influence the print quality of your PCL5 jobs. The following parameters are available:■ font smoothing■ bitmap font fattening■ raster fattening■ line fattening■ single scan fattening.

Font smoothing This option specifies whether font smoothing must be applied when 300 dpi bitmap fonts are converted to 600 dpi fonts. Font smoothing enhances the print quality.

Note: Font smoothing does not influence outline fonts.

PDL parameters 137

Bitmap font fattening You can apply fattening to soft fonts. Fattening is an algorithm whereby for each black pixel some of the neighbouring pixels (top, left, bottom or right) are made black, which results in thicker printed characters. Which neighbours are made black depends on the shape of the character (this means that for example a sharp edge in a character is left open). This parameter switches soft bitmap font fattening on or off.

Note: Changing the font smoothing or bitmap font fattening only takes effect after a reboot.

Raster fattening This parameter switches fattening on or off for raster graphics and user-defined fill patterns.

Line fattening If the line width is less than the minimum line width of the printer, line fattening automatically sets the line width to the minimum line width. The minimum line width is 1 pixel for 300 dpi printing and 2 pixels for 600 dpi printing. You can switch line fattening on or off.

Single scan fattening This parameter switches single scan fattening on or off for raster graphics. With single scan fattening switched on, a single scan will become more visible. Single scan fattening switched on may cause unwanted interaction in the existing bitmap.

▼▼▼▼ To set the PCL5 quality parameters:


‘PCL5-3’).4 Select ‘PCLPARMS’ and ‘QUALPARMS’.

One of the following lines is displayed:PCL5 300->600 fontsmoothing = ON 1:OFF

orPCL5 300->600 fontsmoothing = OFF 1:ON

5 If you want to change the font smoothing parameter, press <1> and then <Enter> to conform. Press only <Enter> if you do not want to change this parameter.

6 One of the following lines is displayed:

PCL5 bitmap font fattening = ON 1:OFF

orPCL5 bitmap font fattening = OFF 1:ON


7 If you want to change the bitmap font fattening parameter, press <1> and then <Enter> to conform. Press only <Enter> if you do not want to change this parameter.


PCL5 raster fattening = ON 1:OFF

orPCL5 raster fattening = OFF 1:ON

9 If you want to change the raster fattening parameter, press <1> and then <Enter> to conform. Press only <Enter> if you do not want to change this parameter.


PCL5 line fattening = ON 1:OFF

orPCL5 line fattening = OFF 1:ON

11 If you want to change the line fattening parameter, press <1> and then <Enter> to conform. Press only <Enter> if you do not want to change this parameter.


PCL5 single scan fattening = ON 1:OFF

orPCL5 single scan fattening = OFF 1:ON

13 If you want to change the single scan fattening parameter, press <1> and then <Enter> to conform. Press only <Enter> if you do not want to change this parameter.The ‘End of sequence’ message is displayed.


PCL5 default end-of-line control

The ‘LINEEND’ function allows you to specify the default end-of-line behaviour. The end-of-line behaviour is the translation of a carriage return (CR), line feed (LF) and form feed (FF).

PDL parameters 139

The table below shows the available end-of-line options.

[17] Default PCL5 end-of-line behaviour

Note: The specified end-of-line behaviour will be overruled by related PCL escape sequences, when used.

▼▼▼▼ To specify the default PCL5 end-of-line control:


‘PCL5-3’).4 Select ‘PCLPARMS’ and ‘LINEEND’.

The following line is displayed, indicating the current setting:Pcl5 line end = # (mode) :

in which ‘#’ and ‘mode’ can be:

5 Type the number of the mode of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.6 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.

Default PCL5 end-of-line behaviour

Translation

CR, LF, FF CR → CR; LF → LF; FF → FF

CR + LF, LF, FF CR → CR + LF; LF → LF; FF → FF

CR, LF + CR, FF + CR CR → CR; LF → LF + CR; FF → FF + CR

CR + LF, LF + CR, FF + CR CR → CR + LF; LF → LF + CR; FF → FF + CR

# mode

1 CR, LF, FF

2 CR + LF, LF, FF

3 CR, LF + CR, FF + CR

4 CR + LF, LF + CR, FF + CR


PCL5 empty page processingBy means of the ‘FFIGNORE’ function you can control the way in which empty pages are handled. An empty page is a page that contains no printable data.

Setting the option off means that empty pages are always printed. Setting the option on means that empty pages are not printed.

This option is useful in the following situations:■ You may be working with host systems that send FCBs (Form Control

Blocks) between jobs. The FCBs contain form feed characters that cause white pages to be ejected in between jobs. In this case, set the ‘FFIGNORE’ option on to ignore the form feeds. Then the unwanted white pages are not printed.

■ Host printer drivers may cause extra form feeds to be added at the end of a print job, which causes the printing of empty pages. When the ‘FFIGNORE’ option is on, these empty pages are skipped.

▼▼▼▼ To set the PCL5 empty page processing:


‘PCL5-3’).4 Select ‘PCLPARMS’ and ‘FFIGNORE’.

One of the following lines is displayed, depending on the current setting:

Pcl5 ff condition. page break = ON 1:OFF

orPcl5 ff condition. page break = OFF 1:ON

5 Press <1> and <Enter> to change the form feed ignore setting.6 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.

PDL parameters 141

PCL5 horizontal offsetIn pure PCL environments, the PCL horizontal offset is 6 mm (by convention), so the printable area on a page is 6 mm less on both the left and the right side. However, in some other environments, this horizontal offset must be suppressed. The ‘HOROFFSET’ option in C-KOS allows you to specify the default horizontal offset.

▼▼▼▼ To set the PCL5 default horizontal offset:


‘PCL5-3’).4 Select ‘PCLPARMS’ and ‘HOROFFSET’.

The following line is displayed:PCL5 horizontal offset = # (mode) :



Note: The printer applies the general PDL clipping, even if the horizontal offset is set to 0 mm.

PCL5 download mode

The default behaviour of the printer is that downloaded objects (fonts, symbol sets and macros) for PCL5 are treated as permanent objects. This means that these objects are removed from the printer’s memory when the printer is switched off. However, you may want objects to remain available even after a power-off. These objects are called installed objects. If you want to download installed objects, you can temporarily switch the ‘PERMMODE’ option in C-KOS to ‘installed’.If you download an object with the same identifier as an already installed

# mode

1 6 mm

2 0 mm


object, then the downloaded object will have a higher priority than the installed object.

Note: Downloaded objects are only available for the PCL print context, not for forms and flagsheets coded in PCL.

▼▼▼▼ To set the PCL5 download mode:


‘PCL5-3’).4 Select ‘PCLPARMS’ and ‘PERMMODE’.


Permanent mode = 1 (PERMANENT) :

5 Type <2> to switch the setting to installed fonts and press <Enter> to confirm.The new setting is displayed:

Permanent mode = 2 (INSTALLED) :

6 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.7 Download the fonts you want to be installed. Refer to the Océ Power Print

Controller Technical Reference Manual for more information.After downloading, you have to reset the download mode to permanent fonts.

8 To reset the download mode to permanent fonts, repeat steps 1 to 4.The following line is displayed:

Permanent mode = 2 (INSTALLED) :

9 Type <1> to switch the setting to permanent fonts and press <Enter> to confirm.The new setting is displayed:



PDL parameters 143

FOL parameters

Forms Overlay Language (FOL) is a Page Description Language developed by Océ. FOL, in combination with Job Automation Control, is a powerful tool for formatting line printer data and ASCII data streams. For more information on FOL, refer to the Océ Power Print Controller FOL Reference Guide.

This section describes how to define the default printer characteristics for FOL. These defaults are:■ FOL command marker■ default input paper tray■ default paper size■ default duplex printing■ default output bin■ default stapling ■ default jogging ■ default page orientation■ line separator■ form feed control■ carriage return control■ default font type■ default font and symbol set■ default vertical form length■ default margins■ default multiple-up printing■ printing of logical error messages.

FOL command marker

By means of the ‘FOLMARKER’ function you can select the FOL command marker. This command marker is also used by the AJC/FOL module. The FOL command marker is a unique character which indicates that the string following is a FOL command. The factory default FOL command marker is the tilde (~). However, if your system does not support the tilde, you may want to select a different character as FOL command marker.

The command marker is identified by its decimal ASCII code. The decimal ASCII code for the tilde is 126.


Attention: Do not use digits or the ‘space’ character as FOL command marker, and do not use the same character as the FOL line separator.

▼▼▼▼ To select the FOL command marker:

Note: Both FOL and AJCFOL use the command marker as set here.1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘FOLMARKER’.

The following message is displayed:Fol marker sign = xxx :

in which ‘xxx’ is the decimal ASCII value of the currently selected command marker. The factory default FOL marker is 126 (ASCII tilde).

4 Type the decimal ASCII value of the command marker of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The marker sign value can be set from 33 through 255. Refer to the Océ Power Print Controller Technical Reference Manual for the symbol sets and hexadecimal characters that can be used.


Attention: If you change the FOL marker while there are FOL objects installed or downloaded on the printer, you will not be able to use them anymore. You must reinstall these FOL objects in order to use them with the new FOL marker.

FOL default input paper tray

The ‘PAPERTRAY’ option allows you to set the default input paper tray. If the FOL page description does not specify the paper tray for a page, the default tray is selected.

▼▼▼▼ To set the default paper tray for FOL:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select the print context that is configured for FOL (‘FOL-1’, ‘FOL-2’ or

‘FOL-3’).4 Select ‘FOLPARMS’ and ‘PAPERTRAY’.

One of the following lines is displayed, showing the current setting:

PDL parameters 145

Paper input tray = # (1...4) :e.g. Paper input tray = 3 [1...4]

5 Type the number of the paper tray of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The new setting is displayed.Note: The FOL default input paper tray must match the current tray map activated in the ‘TRAYMAP’ menu.


FOL default paper size

By means of the ‘PAPERSIZE’ function you can specify the default paper size to be used. You can choose among others between Letter, Legal-Large and A4 etc.

Attention: Load the default paper tray (as set with the menu option ‘PAPERTRAY’) with paper of this default paper size.

▼▼▼▼ To select the default paper size for FOL:


‘FOL-3’).4 Select ‘FOLPARMS’ and ‘PAPERSIZE’.

The following line is displayed, showing the current setting:Paper size = # (size) :

in which ‘#’ and ‘size’ can be:


5 Type the number of the paper size of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The new default size is displayed.


FOL default duplex printing

The ‘DUPLEX’ function allows you to set default duplex printing.

▼▼▼▼ To specify default duplex printing for FOL:


‘FOL-3’).4 Select ‘FOLPARMS’ and ‘DUPLEX’.

One of the following line is displayed:Duplex mode = ON 1:OFF

or

Duplex mode = OFF 1:ON

5 Press <1> and <Enter> to switch duplex printing on or off.The new default setting is displayed.


# SIZE

1 A3

2 A4

3 A5

4 KWARTO

5 COMMERCIAL

6 FOOLSCAP

7 FOLIO

8 LETTER

9 LEDGER

10 LEDGER-SMALL

11 LEDGER-LARGE

12 US-STANDARD

PDL parameters 147

FOL default output binYour printer has a 20-bin Sorter and a finisher. You can set a default output bin for all FOL jobs with the ‘OUTPUTBIN’ function. If the output bin number is not explicitly specified, the default output bin is selected.

▼▼▼▼ To set the default output bin for FOL:


‘FOL-3’).4 Select ‘FOLPARMS’ and ‘OUTPUTBIN’.


Fol output bin = # [1...81]:

e.g. Fol output bin = 2 [1...81]:




The new setting is displayed.Note: The FOL default output bin must match the current binmap activated in the ‘DEPOSIT’ menu.


FOL default staplingBecause your printer has a finisher, C-KOS allows you to set default stapling. If the option is enabled, all FOL documents will be stapled by default.

▼▼▼▼ To enable or disable default stapling for FOL:


‘FOL-3’).4 Select ‘FOLPARMS’ and ‘STAPLE’.



Fol staple = ON 1:OFF

orFol staple = OFF 1:ON



FOL default jogging

You can enable default jogging for the FOL PDL. Jogging has different meanings for the finisher and the sorter.



▼▼▼▼ To enable or disable default jogging for FOL:


‘FOL-3’).4 Select ‘FOLPARMS’ and ‘JOG’.


Fol jog = ON 1:OFF

orFol jog = OFF 1:ON

5 Press <1> and <Enter> to switch the FOL default jogging on or off.The new setting is displayed.


PDL parameters 149

FOL default page orientationBy means of the ‘ORIENT’ function you can specify the desired FOL page orientation. You can select one of the following options:■ portrait■ reversed portrait (rportrait)■ landscape■ reversed landscape (rlandscape).

The options are illustrated in the figure below.


▼▼▼▼ To specify the default FOL printing orientation:


‘FOL-3’).4 Select ‘FOLPARMS’ and ‘ORIENT’.


Fol orientation = # (orientation) :


PORTRAIT

LANDSCAPE

RPORTRAIT

RLANDSCAPE


5 Type the number corresponding with the orientation of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The new default orientation is displayed.


FOL line separator

The FOL line separator creates multiple lines within one ~TEXT command. The ‘LINESEP’ function allows you to select the FOL line separator.

Attention: Do not use digits or the ‘space’ character as FOL line separator, nor use the same character as the FOL command marker.

▼▼▼▼ To select the FOL line separator:


‘FOL-3’).4 Select ‘FOLPARMS’ and ‘LINESEP’.

The following message is displayed:Fol text line separator = xxx :

in which ‘xxx’ is the decimal ASCII value of the currently selected text line separator. The factory default FOL line separator is ‘/’ (ASCII code 47).

5 Type the decimal ASCII value of the line separator of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The text line separator value can be set from 33 to 255. Refer to the Océ Power Print Controller Technical Reference Manual for the symbol sets and hexadecimal characters that can be used.


# orientation

1 PORTRAIT

2 LANDSCAPE

3 RPORTRAIT

4 RLANDSCAPE

PDL parameters 151

FOL form feed controlBy means of the ‘FORMCNTRL’ function you can specify how the printer is to interpret a form feed character in the FOL context. A form feed can be interpreted as a body text end or as a line end.

▼▼▼▼ To set the default FOL form feed control:


‘FOL-3’).4 Select ‘FOLPARMS’ and ‘FORMCNTRL’.

One of the following lines is displayed:Fol formfeed control = 1 (PAGE END) :

orFol formfeed control = 2 (LINE END) :

5 Type the number of the form feed control of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The new setting is displayed.


FOL carriage return control

By means of the ‘CRCNTRL’ function, you can specify how the printer is to treat a carriage return character in the FOL context. A carriage return can be interpreted as a new line, or it can overwrite the current line.

▼▼▼▼ To set the default FOL carriage return control:


‘FOL-3’).4 Select ‘FOLPARMS’ and ‘CRCNTRL’.

One of the following lines is displayed:Fol cr control = 1 (NEWLINE) :

orFol cr control = 2 (OVERWRITE) :

5 Type the number of the carriage return control of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.



FOL font type

By means of the ‘FONTTYPE’ function, you can specify the font type for the default FOL font. FOL fonts are either Océ bitmap fonts or Speedo outline fonts.

Outline fonts can be used at various resolutions. It may therefore be more convenient to use these by default.

▼▼▼▼ To set the font type for the default FOL font:


‘FOL-3’).Select ‘FOLPARMS’ and ‘FONTTYPE’The following line is displayed:Fol fonttype = # (fonttype) :

in which ‘#’ and ‘fonttype’ can be:

4 Type the number of the font type of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The new setting is displayed.


FOL default font and symbol set

By means of the ‘FONTCHAR’ function you can select the default FOL font and symbol set. The font and symbol set are identified by their RO identification. RO identifications are unique and invariable.

# fonttype

1 BITMAPFONT

2 OUTLINEFONT

PDL parameters 153

To determine the RO identifications, you have to print a full Status Report, which contains a list of referable objects and their RO identification.You will find this list in the FOL Resources section.

Note: The defaults you set here are entirely dependent on the default font type.

If the default font type is OUTLINEFONT, you will be prompted to enter the RO identification of the font, the font size in points and the RO identification of the symbol set. When you have entered these, the font and symbol set are checked on their presence and combination.

If the default font type is a BITMAPFONT, you will be prompted to enter the RO identification of the font and the RO identification of the symbol set. When you have entered both, the font and symbol set are checked on their presence and combination. Furthermore, the resolution of the font is checked against the current print resolution. You can find the current print resolution on the Status Report too.

Note: If the current default font type is a bitmap font and the print resolution for the context is changed, then you must define a new default font.

▼▼▼▼ To set the default FOL font and symbol set:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Print a Status Report and look up the RO identification of the required font or

symbol set. For bitmapped fonts, check the print resolution as well. See ‘Printing a Total Report’ on page 53 for detailed information.

3 Return to the top C-KOS menu.4 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.5 Select the print context that is configured for FOL (‘FOL-1’, ‘FOL-2’ or

‘FOL-3’).6 Select ‘FOLPARMS’ and ‘FONTCHAR’.

The following line is displayed:Fol font = xxxx :

in which ‘xxxx’ is the RO identification of the current default font.7 If you want to change the font setting, type the RO identification of the font of

your choice and press <Enter> to confirm. Press only <Enter> if you do not want to change the font setting.Note: If you are dealing with bitmapped fonts, this step and the following step are skipped.If you are dealing with outline fonts, the following line is displayed:

Fol fontsize = xxx :

8 Enter the font size in points and press <Enter>.



Fol symbolset = xxxx :

in which ‘xxxx’ is the RO identification of the current default symbol set.9 Type the RO identification of the symbol set of your choice and press <Enter>

to confirm, or press only <Enter> if you do not want to change the symbol set.When the installation is done the following message appears:Default font and symbolset installed !!!

If an error occurred, one of the following error messages is displayed:

■ if the combination of font and symbol set does not exist:

Wrong symbolset/font combination !!!

■ if the font or symbol set is not present in the printer:

Font and/or symbolset not found !!!

■ if the resolution of the selected bitmap font does not correspond to the current printer resolution:

Unknown error encountered !!!

10 Press <Escape> to clear the error message.At this point you may want to keep the old default font and symbol set or you may want to restore the factory default font and symbol set.The following message appears:

Reinstalling defaults ?1:YES

11 If you want to keep the old default font and symbol set, press <Escape>. You will quit the function without having changed any of the defaults.If you want to restore the factory default font and symbol set, press <1> and <Enter>. The following message appears when the installation is done:Default font and symbolset installed !!!

12 Press <Escape> twice and exit C-KOS.

FOL font point size

By means of the ‘POINTSIZE’ function you can define the default unit of measure for FOL outline fonts. The font size can either be expressed in DIDOT or in PICA points.

PDL parameters 155

■ If the FOL point size is set to DIDOT, the FOL interpreter is metrics compatible with the AJCFOL.

■ If the FOL point size is set to PICA, the FOL interpreter is metrics compatible with PCL5.

▼▼▼▼ To set the default unit of measure for FOL outline fonts:


‘FOL-3’).Select ‘FOLPARMS’ and ‘POINTSIZE’.The following line is displayed:

Fol pointsize = # (pointsize) :

in which ‘#’ and ‘pointsize’ can be:

4 Type the number of the point size of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The new setting is displayed.


FOL default vertical form length

Instead of specifying the line spacing itself, you can specify the number of lines on a page. The printer then calculates the line spacing for you. By means of the ‘FORMLENG’ function you can specify the desired number of lines per page.

You have to take into account the required margins, the page length, the page orientation (portrait or landscape) and the multiple-up setting. The standard page length is 297 mm (A4 portrait) minus top and bottom margin.

▼▼▼▼ To set the default FOL vertical form length:


‘FOL-3’).

# pointsize

1 DIDOT

2 PICA


4 Select ‘FOLPARMS’ and ‘FORMLENG’.The following line is displayed:Fol formlength = xxx (lines/page) :

in which ‘xxx’ is the current default form length in lines per page.The form length can be set between 0 and 255.

5 Type the form length of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The new form length is displayed.


PDL parameters 157

FOL default marginsBy means of the ‘LEFTMARG’, ‘RIGHTMARG’, ‘TOPMARG’ and ‘BOTMARG’ functions you can define the default page margins. The page margins are the non-printable areas at each edge of the logical page.

The size of the margins is set in micrometers.■ The left and right margins can be set between 0 and 200,000 micrometers.■ The top and bottom margins can be set between 0 and 290,000 micrometers.

▼▼▼▼ To set the default FOL page margins:


‘FOL-3’).4 Select ‘FOLPARMS’ and the option for the margin you wish to set:

‘LEFTMARG’, ‘RIGHTMARG’, ‘TOPMARG’ or ‘BOTMARG’.The following line is displayed:Fol xxxxxmargin = yyyyyy (µm) :

in which ‘xxxxx’ represents the margin you selected (left, right, top or bottom) and ‘yyyyyy’ is the current value for that margin.

5 Type the required value for the margin and press <Enter> to confirm.The new value is displayed.


FOL default multiple-up printing

By means of the ‘MULTIPLE’ function you can select to print one, two or four logical pages on the same physical page. The default can be set to:■ one-up: one logical page is printed onto one physical page■ two-up: two logical pages are printed onto one physical page■ four-up: four logical pages are printed onto one physical page.


The C-KOS parameters ‘ORIENT’ and ‘MULTIPLE’ influence each other strongly. The results of two-up and four-up printing combined with portrait and landscape orientation are illustrated in the figure below.

[19] Multiple-up printing

However, if four-up is activated in C-KOS and you change the print orientation in the document, the sequence of the logical pages is disrupted, as shown in the figure below.

[20] Four-up printing when the orientation is changed

If you want to change the orientation in the document with the FOL commands ~LANDSCAPE or ~PORTRAIT, while four-up printing is activated in C-KOS, you have to use the ~FOURUP command again after the FOL orientation change, in order to keep the correct page sequence.

LANDSCAPE

PORTRAIT

PORTRAIT

LANDSCAPE

C-KOS orientation = landscape, multipleup = fourupfile to be printed: ~portrait

C-KOS orientation = portrait, multipleup = fourupfile to be printed: ~landscape

PDL parameters 159

▼▼▼▼ To set default multiple-up printing for FOL:


‘FOL-3’).4 Select ‘FOLPARMS’ and ‘MULTIPLE’.

The following line is displayed, showing the current setting:Multiple up = # (mode) :


5 Type the number of the multiple-up positioning of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The new default is displayed.


FOL error message printing

With the ‘ERRPAGE’ option, you can specify where logical error messages are to be printed. You have the following options:■ on the page where the error occurred■ on a special error page■ both on the page where the error occurred as on a special error page.

▼▼▼▼ To specify the printing of FOL logical error messages:


‘FOL-3’).4 Select ‘FOLPARMS’ and ‘ERRPAGE’.

# mode

1 one up

2 two up

3 four up


The following line will be displayed:

Logical error mode = # (mode) :

where ‘#’ and ‘mode’ can be:

5 Type the number corresponding with the option of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The new setting is displayed.


FOL font pitch tuning

The size of monospaced fonts is expressed in pitch, which means the number of characters per inch. When using equipment for optical character recognition, you will have to keep the pitch size of the printed font within certain tolerances.

Use the ‘TUNEPITCH’ option, to correct a possible deviation in the printing of monospaced fonts. Both monospaced bitmapped fonts and monospaced outlined fonts can be added to the ‘Tuned Fonts’ list.

Note: The ‘Tuned Fonts’ list holds up to 10 items for each font type.

You can print a test page which gives you information on:■ adjustments of the ‘Portrait length’ and the ‘Landscape length’■ fonts added to the ‘Tuned Fonts’ list.

You can remove fonts from the ‘Tuned Fonts’ list; see ‘To delete bitmapped fonts from the ‘Tuned Fonts’ list:’ on page 165, and ‘To delete outlined fonts from the ‘Tuned Fonts’ list:’ on page 165.

# mode explanation

1 CURRENT PAGE The error message is printed on the page where the error occurred.

2 ERROR PAGE The error message is printed on a special error page.

3 CUR + ERR PAGE The error message is printed on the page where the error occurred and on a special er-ror page.

PDL parameters 161

▼▼▼▼ To correct the pitch size for monospaced fonts:

1 Print the test page for font pitch tuning.2 Measure the length of the reference lines for portrait and landscape orientation

on the page.3 Enter the measured values. The printer will calculate the required correction.4 Add the fonts to which the correction should be applied. 5 Print a second test page for font pitch tuning to check, and archive your

adjustments.

These steps are explained in detail in the next sections.

Note: Have a recent Total Status Report available.

▼▼▼▼ To print the test page for font pitch tuning:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’, ‘PDL’ and ‘TUNEPITCH’.3 Select ‘TESTPAGE’.

A test page like the one in figure 21 on page 162 will be printed.When the test page is printed, the following message is displayed:

Testpage printed!

4 Press <Escape>, to return to the menu.


[21] Example of the test page for font pitch tuning

Measure the length of the portrait line for portrait-oriented fonts. Measure the length of the landscape line for landscape-oriented fonts. Enter these values as follows.

▼▼▼▼ To enter the measured values:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’, ‘PDL’ and ‘TUNEPITCH’.

PDL parameters 163

3 Select ‘SETTUNE’.4 The following line is displayed:

Portrait actual xxxxxx (um):

In which ‘xxxxxx’ is the current value of the portrait line. 5 Type the measured value of the portrait line, in micrometers, and press

<Enter>. The new setting is displayed. Press <Escape>.Or, If you do not have to adjust the portrait line, press <Escape> to skip to the next setting. The following line is displayed:Landscape actual xxxxxx (um):

In which ‘xxxxxx’ is the current value of the landscape line.6 Type the measured value of the landscape line, in micrometers, and press

<Enter>. The new setting is displayed.Press <Escape>, to return to the menu.

Or, If you do not have to adjust the landscape line, press <Escape> to return to the menu.To add a font to the ‘Tuned Fonts’ list, you have to know its ‘RO-id’. In the ‘FOL Resources’ section of a total Printer Status Report you can find an overview of the available fonts and the associated ‘RO-ids’.

▼▼▼▼ To add bitmapped fonts to the ‘Tuned Fonts’ list:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’, ‘PDL’ and ‘TUNEPITCH’.3 Select ‘BMADDFONT’.4 A list of available monospaced bitmapped fonts is now presented. The

following line is displayed:Enable bitmapfont xxxx? 1:YES

In which ‘xxxx’ is the RO-id of the bitmapped font. 5 Type <1> and press <Enter>, to add the font to the ‘Tuned Fonts’ list.


If the list is full (10 items), the following message is displayed:Pitch correction list full!

Press <Escape>, to return to the menu.

Or, If you do not want to add the displayed font, press <Enter> to skip to the next font in the list.

6 When you have added the fonts, press <Escape> to return to the menu.

▼▼▼▼ To add outlined fonts to the ‘Tuned Fonts’ list:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’, ‘PDL’ and ‘TUNEPITCH’.3 Select ‘OLADDFONT’.4 A list of available monospaced outlined fonts is now presented. The following

line is displayed:Enable outlinefont xxxx? 1:YES

In which ‘xxxx’ is the ‘RO-id’ of the outlined font. 5 Type <1> and press <Enter>, to add the font to the ‘Tuned Fonts’ list.

After you have selected the font, the following line is displayed:Enter pitch for outline font xxxx :

In which ‘xxxx’ is the ‘RO-id’ of the current selected outlined font.Type the pitch value and press <Enter>.

If the ‘RO-id’ and pitch combination is already present, the following message is displayed:

Font: xxxx pitch: yy already in list!

In which ‘xxxx’ is the ‘RO-id’ of the outlined font, and ‘yy’ the pitch of the font.Press <Escape>, to return to the menu.

If the list is full (10 items), the following message is displayed:

Pitch correction list full!


PDL parameters 165

Or, If you do not want to add the displayed font, press <Enter> to skip to the next font in the list.

6 When you have added the fonts, press <Escape> to return to the menu.

▼▼▼▼ To delete bitmapped fonts from the ‘Tuned Fonts’ list:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’, ‘PDL’ and ‘TUNEPITCH’.3 Select ‘BMREMFONT’.

The ‘Tuned Fonts’ list is now presented. The following line is displayed:Disable bitmapfont xxxx? 1:YES

In which ‘xxxx’ is the RO-id of the bitmapped font. 4 Type <1> and press <Enter>, to remove the displayed font from the list.

If the ‘Tuned Fonts’ list is empty, the following message is displayed:Pitch correction list empty!

Press <Escape> to return to the menu.

Or, If you do not want to remove the displayed font, press <Enter> to skip to the next font in the list.

5 When you have removed the fonts, press <Escape> to return to the menu.

▼▼▼▼ To delete outlined fonts from the ‘Tuned Fonts’ list:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’, ‘PDL’ and ‘TUNEPITCH’.3 Select ‘OLREMFONT’.

The ‘Tuned Fonts’ list is now presented. The following line is displayed:

Disable outlinefont xxxx pitch xx? 1:YES

In which ‘xxxx’ is the ‘RO-id’ of the outlined font, and ‘yy’ the pitch of the font.

4 Type <1> and press <Enter>, to remove the displayed font from the list.

If the ‘Tuned Fonts’ list is empty, the following message is displayed:Pitch correction list empty!


Or, If you do not want to remove the displayed font, press <Enter> to skip to the next font in the list.

5 When you have removed the fonts, press <Escape> to return to the menu.


TIFF parameters

Through C-KOS you can specify the default printing characteristics for TIFF printing. These settings are:■ paper size■ paper tray ■ output bin■ stapling■ jogging■ duplex printing■ in case of duplex printing, tumbling■ printing TIFF error pages■ clipping■ rendering.

Note: These default TIFF settings can be overruled by JAC or settings in the print data. For example, if simplex printing is specified in JAC then the TIFF duplex setting will be ignored. Refer to the Océ Power Print Controller Technical Reference Manual for more information on the relation between JAC and PDL settings.

TIFF page size policy

The TIFF file format offers no means for tray selection. The TIFF PDL offers paper tray selection based on the page size. The ‘PAGESIZE’ function allows to select the paper tray for all TIFF jobs.

Note: The PAPERTRAY option is only visible if the PAGESIZE policy is set to ‘DEFAULT TRAY’.

▼▼▼▼ To set the TIFF page size policy:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select the print context that is configured for TIFF (‘TIFF-1’, ‘TIFF-2’ or

‘TIFF-3’).

PDL parameters 167

4 Select ‘TIFFPARMS’ and ‘PAGESIZE’. One of the following lines is displayed:TIFF pagesize = BEST FIT 1:DEFAULT TRAYor

TIFF pagesize = DEFAULT TRAY 1:BEST FIT

5 Press <1> and <Enter> to change the pagesize to default or best fit.The new setting is displayed.


▼▼▼▼ To set the TIFF paper tray:


‘TIFF-3’).4 Select ‘TIFFPARMS’ and ‘PAPERTRAY’.

The following line is displayed:TIFF papertray = # (trays)

where # tray is the current default paper tray.

5 Type the number corresponding with the option of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The new setting is displayed.Note: The TIFF default input paper tray must match the current tray map activated in the ‘TRAYMAP’ menu.


TIFF default output bin

The TIFF file format offers no means for output bin selection. Your printer has a 20-bin Sorter, a finisher and a stacker/stapler so you can set a default output bin for all TIFF jobs with the ‘OUTPUTBIN’ function. If the output bin number is not explicitly specified (JEC functionality), the default output bin is selected.

▼▼▼▼ To set the default output bin for TIFF:


‘TIFF-3’).


4 Select ‘TIFFPARMS’ and ‘OUTPUTBIN’.The following line is displayed:

TIFF output bin = # [1...81]:

e.g. TIFF output bin = 2 [1...81]:

Valid values are:1...20 = Sorter

61 = finisher81 = output bin


The default setting is 1 (logical bin 1).5 Type the number corresponding to the output bin of your choice and press

<Enter> to confirm.The new setting is displayed.


TIFF default stapling

Because your printer has a finisher, C-KOS allows you to set default stapling. If the option is enabled, all TIFF documents will be stapled by default.

Note: If the staple function in the ‘DEPOSIT’ menu is disabled, stapling is not possible.

▼▼▼▼ To enable or disable default stapling for TIFF:


‘TIFF-3’).4 Select ‘TIFFPARMS’ and ‘STAPLE’.

One of the following lines is displayed:TIFF staple = ON 1:OFF

orTIFF staple = OFF 1:ON



PDL parameters 169

TIFF default joggingYou can enable default jogging for the TIFF PDL. Jogging has different meanings for the finisher and the sorter.



▼▼▼▼ To enable or disable default jogging for TIFF:


‘TIFF-3’).4 Select ‘TIFFPARMS’ and ‘JOG’.

One of the following lines is displayed:TIFF jog = ON 1:OFF

or

TIFF jog = OFF 1:ON

5 Press <1> and <Enter> to switch the TIFF default jogging on or off.The new setting is displayed.


TIFF default duplex printing

Through C-KOS you can set default duplex printing on or off for all TIFF jobs. If tumble is enabled, the backside of each page is rotated 180 degrees.

▼▼▼▼ To enable or disable duplex printing for TIFF:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select the print context that is configured for TIFF (‘TIFF-1’, ‘TIFf-2’ or

‘TIFF-3’).4 Select ‘TIFFPARMS’ and ‘DUPLEX’.

One of the following lines is displayed:TIFF duplex = ON 1:OFF

orTIFF duplex = OFF 1:ON




▼▼▼▼ To specify the tumble mode:


‘TIFF-3’).4 Select ‘TIFFPARMS’ and ‘TUMBLE’.

One of the following lines is displayed:TIFF tumble = ON 1:OFF

orTIFF tumble = OFF 1:ON

5 Press <1> and <Enter> to set the tumble mode on or off.The new setting is displayed.


Printing TIFF error pages

When the TIFF interpreter detects an error in the TIFF data, an error page can be generated in the ‘ERRPAGE’ option is enabled. The error page is printed and the rest of the job is aborted. This means that the error page is the last printed page of the job that contained the error. You can use the information on the error page to clear the error.

Note: The error page is a part of the document. It will be stacked and/or stapled just as the document pages.

▼▼▼▼ To enable or disable the TIFF error page:


‘TIFF-3’).4 Select ‘TIFFPARMS’ and ‘ERRPAGE’.

One of the following lines is displayed, depending on the current setting:TIFF errorpage = enabled 1:disable

or

TIFf errorpage = disabled 1:enable

PDL parameters 171

5 Press <1> and <Enter> to enable or disable the error page, according to the current configuration.The new setting is displayed.


TIFF clipping

If the TIFF image is larger than the paper size, the image is clipped to fit on the paper size. If the TIFF image is larger than the largest paper size in the printer, the TIFF image will be skipped and an error page will be printed. The clipwindow setting specifies which part of the image is rendered.

Refer to the following table to select the window where to put the origin of your clipwindow.

▼▼▼▼ To specify the clipwindow for TIFF:


‘TIFF-3’).4 Select ‘TIFFPARMS’ and ‘CLIPPING’.

The following line is displayed:Window = 9 (1...9) :

e.g. window = 9 from centre

5 Type the number of the number of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.

Value Description

1 Take a window from the upper left corner

2 Take a window from the top and middle

3 Take a window from the upper right corner

4 Take a window from the right and middle

5 Take a window from the lower right corner

6 Take a window from the bottom and middle

7 Take a window from the lower left corner

8 Take a window from the left and middle

9 Take a window from the centre



TIFF rendering

If the TIFF image is smaller than the paper size, the image will be placed somewhere on the output page.

Refer to the following table to select the window where to put the image on your output page.

▼▼▼▼ To specify the rendering for TIFF:


‘TIFF-3’).4 Select ‘TIFFPARMS’ and ‘RENDERING’.

The following line is displayed:Image = 9 (1...9) :e.g. image = 9 at centre

5 Type the number of the number of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The new setting is displayed.


Value Description

1 Place the image at the upper left corner

2 Place the image at the top and middle

3 Place the image at the upper right corner

4 Place the image at the right and middle

5 Place the image at the lower right corner

6 Place the image at the bottom and middle

7 Place the image at the lower left corner

8 Place the image at the left and middle

9 Place the image at the centre

PDL parameters 173

IPDS parameters

This section describes how to define the default printer characteristics for IPDS, and how to handle resources like fonts and codepages. The options are:■ set the resolution mode■ define the image settings■ install resources and select the default font and codepage■ delete resources■ set the printer defaults, e.g. the default paper input tray.

IPDS hardware resolution

By means of the ‘RESMODE’, you can define the hardware print resolution the IPDS PDL uses.

For more information on the relationship between hardware and software resolution, refer to the Océ Power Print Controller IPDS Reference Guide.

▼▼▼▼ To set the IPDS hardware resolution mode:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select the print context that is configured for IPDS (‘OPDS-1’, ‘OPDS-2’ or

‘OPDS-3’).4 Select ‘RESMODE’.

The following line is displayed:RESOLUTION OPDS-X= y (rrr):

Where ‘y’ is the sequence number for the selecting resolution and‘rrr’ the resolution mode 300 or 600 dpi.

5 Press <1 or 2> and <Enter> to select the required resolution.The new setting is displayed.



IPDS image settingsThe ‘IMAGE’ option allows you to specify the default IPDS PDL image settings. You can select one of the following options:■ shift image■ logical page increment■ fattening toggle■ font capture toggle.

IPDS shift image

By means of the ‘SHIFT’ function you can set the IPDS PDL default paper shift values per available logical paper tray.

▼▼▼▼ To set the IPDS shift image:


‘OPDS-3’).4 Select ‘IMAGE’ and ‘SHIFT’.

The following line is displayed:SHIFT n: tray m (xxx) [1..max-n,c]:

Where ‘n’ is the sequence number for the selecting item, ‘m’ the logical tray number, ‘xxx’ is the tray name,‘max-n’ the maximal items to select and ‘c’ the current selected item .

5 Type the number corresponding to your choice and press <Enter> to select the required paper tray.The new setting is displayed.

The valid choices for ‘n’ , ‘m’ and ‘xxx’ are:1 = 4, bulk paper tray2 = 3, lower paper tray 3 = 2, middle paper tray4 = 1, upper paper tray

PDL parameters 175

Having selected the tray on which the shift settings has to be changed, press <Escape>. The following message appears:

SHIFT n: mmmm [x * cu ]:

Where ‘n: mmmm’ is :1, Hor front2, Hor back3, Ver front4, Ver back‘x’ the actual shift value of the current selected page size and direction and ‘cu’ the expressed measurement unit (e.g. 0.01 inch or 0.01 mm).

Having selected the page side and direction, press <Escape>. The following message appears:

SHIFT n: mmmm [1..2,c ]:

Where ‘n: mmmm’ is: 1, Positive shift 2, Negative shift and,c, the actual selected item.

The positive or negative value has the following meaning:

[22] Image shift direction

Feed direction

negative vertical shift

negative horizontal shift positive horizontal shift

positive vertical shift Paper


6 Type the number corresponding to your choice and press <Enter>.Having selected the positive or negative option, press <Escape>. The following message appears:

Shift [x in cu, max=max-cu]:

Where ‘x’is the current value of the shift setting‘cu’ the current measurement unit e.g. 0.01 inch and‘max-cu’ the maximum shift in current unit e.g. 200.

7 Type the value corresponding to your choice and press <Enter> to select the required value.The new setting is displayed.


Note: The IPDS shift image function is also available during a job. Put the printer offline and enter JCS. Select the print context that is configured for IPDS (‘OPDS-1’, ‘OPDS-2’ or ‘OPDS-3’). Select ‘IMAGE’ and ‘SHIFT’ to adjust the image shift.

IPDS logical page increment

By means of the ‘LPAGEINCR’ function you can set the IPDS PDL logical page increment. An error will be reported to the host when an object is printed outside the page boundaries. With the logical page increment you can increment the page boundaries, in order to prevent reporting of objects that are printed just over the page boundaries, but that are not important for the print job.

▼▼▼▼ To set the logical page increment:


‘OPDS-3’).4 Select ‘IMAGE’ and LPAGEINCR’.

The following line is displayed:Logical page incr [0..mlpi, x]:

Where ‘mlpi’ is the maximum value of the logical page increment and, ‘x’ the current value of the logical page increment.

5 Type the value corresponding to your choice and press <Enter>, to select the required value.

PDL parameters 177


IPDS fattening

By means of the ‘FATTENING’ function you can set the fattening option to ‘on’ or ‘off’.

▼▼▼▼ To set the fattening option:


‘OPDS-3’).4 Select ‘IMAGE’ and ‘FATTENING’.

The following line is displayed:FATT n:mmm [1..2,c]:

Where ‘n: mmm’ is the number of the option followed by the fattening setting,1, Fattening on2, Fattening off‘c’ the current selected item.

5 Type the number corresponding to your choice and press <Enter> to select the required setting.The new setting is displayed.


IPDS font capture

By means of the ‘FONTCAPTU’ function you can set the font capturing ‘on’ or ‘off’. If font capturing is ‘on’, the fonts that are downloaded from the host to the printer will be retained on the hard disk. Even if the connection with printer has been closed. These fonts can be used in an other session with the same or another host.

For more information on font handling, refer to the Océ Power Print Controller IPDS Reference Guide, or contact your local System Consultant for advice.

▼▼▼▼ To set the font capture option:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.


3 Select the print context that is configured for IPDS (‘OPDS-1’, ‘OPDS-2’ or ‘OPDS-3’).

4 Select ‘IMAGE’ and ‘FONTCAPT’.The following line is displayed:CAPT n:mmm [1..2,c]:

Where ‘n: mmm’ is the number of the option followed by the capturing setting,1, Font capture on2, Font capture off‘c’ the current selected item.

5 Type the number corresponding to your choice and press <Enter> to select the required setting.The new setting is displayed.


IPDS install resources

This menu enables you:■ to install codepages from diskette■ to install fonts from diskette■ to select the default codepage and fonts.

The Océ Power Print Controller IPDS Reference Guide describes our preferred way for handling fonts and codepages. Read this information first, or contact your local System Consultant for advice.

IPDS install codepages

By means of the ‘CODEPAGES’ menu you can install codepages. When installing codepages the system has to gather resource information.

▼▼▼▼ To install codepages:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Insert the floppy disk with the codepages in the disk drive behind the left door

of the printer.3 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.4 Select the print context that is configured for IPDS (‘OPDS-1’, ‘OPDS-2’ or

‘OPDS-3’).5 Select ‘INSTALL’ and ‘CODEPAGES’.


PDL parameters 179

Please wait...:

After a certain amount of time, the system returns with a list of available codepages on diskette. The following line is displayed:INCP n:mmm [1..nobj+1,c]:

Where ‘n’ is the sequence number for the selecting item,‘mmm’ is the codepage file name,‘nobj’ is the number of codepages on the diskette,‘c’, the current selected item.Note: If the system can not find the resources needed to install the codepages, the message: ‘Could not find file, push CONT’ will be displayed.

6 Type <1> and <Enter> to install ALL codepages or,type the number corresponding to your choice and press <Enter> to install the required codepage.


IPDS install fonts

By means of the ‘FONTS’ menu you can install outlined fonts. When installing fonts the system has to gather resource information. For more information on IPDS fonts refer to, the Océ Power Print Controller IPDS Reference Guide.

▼▼▼▼ To install fonts:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Insert the floppy disk with the fonts in the disk drive behind the left door of the

printer.3 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.4 Select the print context that is configured for IPDS (‘OPDS-1’, ‘OPDS-2’ or

‘OPDS-3’).5 Select ‘INSTALL’ and ‘FONTS’.

The following line is displayed:Please wait...:

After a certain amount of time, the system returns with a list of available fonts on diskette. The following line is displayed:INFN n:mmm [1..nobj+1,c]:

Where ‘n’ is the sequence number for the selecting item,‘mmm’ is the font file name,‘nobj’ is the number of fonts on the diskette,‘c’, the current selected item.


Note: If the system can not find the resources needed to install the fonts, the message: ‘Could not find file, push CONT’ will be displayed.

6 Type <1> and <Enter> to install ALL fonts or,type the number corresponding to your choice and press <Enter> to install the required font.


IPDS default font and codepageBy means of the ‘DEFAULT’ menu you can set the default font and codepage. You can choose between:■ outlined fonts■ bitmapped fonts

Note: Be aware that if you select an outlined font, you can select an outlined codepage and a font size. If you select a bitmapped font, only a bitmapped codepage can be selected.

▼▼▼▼ To set a default outlined font:


‘OPDS-3’).4 Select ‘INSTALL’ and ‘DEFAULT’.


After a certain amount of time, the system returns with a list of available fonts. The following line is displayed:DFNT n:t mmm [1..nobj,c]:

Where ‘n’ is the sequence number for the selecting item,‘t’ the type of font; o = outlined font, b = bitmapped font,‘mmm’ is the font file name,‘nobj’ is the number of available fonts,‘c’, the current selected item.

5 Type the number of the outlined font corresponding to your choice and press <Enter>. The new setting is displayed.

6 Press <Escape>, the following message appears:

Please wait...:

PDL parameters 181

After a certain amount of time, the system returns with a list of available outlined codepages. The following line is displayed:OLCP n:t mmm [1..nobj,c]:

Where ‘n’ is the sequence number for the selecting item,‘t’ the type of codepage, in this case always a outlined codepage,‘mmm’ is the codepage file name,‘nobj’ is the number of available codepages,‘c’, the current selected item.

7 Type the number of the outlined codepage corresponding to your choice and press <Enter>. The new setting is displayed.


Select fontsize [3...70]:

9 Type the required font size and press <Enter>.The default font is set.

10 The system returns to the menu. Exit C-KOS.

▼▼▼▼ To set a default bitmapped font:


‘OPDS-3’).4 Select ‘INSTALL’ and ‘DEFAULT’.


After a certain amount of time, the system returns with a list of available fonts. The following line is displayed:

DFNT n:t mmm [1..nobj,c]:

Where ‘n’ is the sequence number for the selecting item,‘t’ the type of font; o = outlined font, b = bitmapped font,‘mmm’ is the font file name,‘nobj’ is the number of available fonts,‘c’, the current selected item.

5 Type the number of the bitmapped font corresponding to your choice and press <Enter>. The new setting is displayed.


Please wait...:

After a certain amount of time, the system returns with a list of available bitmap codepages. The following line is displayed:


BMCP n:t mmm [1..max-n,c]:

Where ‘n:t mmm’ is font name ‘t’ the type of codepage, in this case always a bitmapped codepage‘max-n’, the maximum items in the list‘c’, the current selected item.

7 Type the number of the bitmapped codepage corresponding to your choice and press <Enter>. The new setting is displayed.


IPDS delete resources

This menu enables you:■ to delete installed codepages■ to delete installed fonts■ to delete captured codepages■ to delete captured fonts

IPDS delete installed codepages

By means of the ‘CODEPAGES’ menu you can delete installed codepages. Having selected this menu, the system has to gather resource information.

▼▼▼▼ To delete installed codepages:


‘OPDS-3’).4 Select ‘DELETE’, ‘INSTALLED’ and ‘CODEPAGES’.


After a certain amount of time, the system returns with a list of installed codepages on the system. The following line is displayed:IDCP n:mmm [1..nobj+1,c]:

Where ‘n’ is the sequence number for the selecting item,‘mmm’ is the codepage name,‘nobj’ is the number of available codepages,‘c’, the current selected item.Note: If the system can not find the resources needed to delete the codepages, the message: ‘Could not find file, push CONT’ will be displayed.

PDL parameters 183

5 Type <1> and <Enter> to delete ALL codepages or,type the number corresponding to your choice and press <Enter> to delete the required installed codepage.


IPDS delete installed fonts

By means of the ‘FONTS’ menu you can delete installed fonts. Having selected this menu, the system has to gather resource information.

▼▼▼▼ To delete installed fonts:


‘OPDS-3’).4 Select ‘DELETE’, ‘INSTALLED’ and ‘FONTS’.


After a certain amount of time, the system returns with a list of installed fonts on the system. The following line is displayed:IDFN n:mmm [1..nobj+1,c]:

Where ‘n’ is the sequence number for the selecting item,‘mmm’ is the font name,‘nobj’ is the number of available fonts,‘c’, the current selected item.Note: If the system can not find the resources needed to delete the codepages, the message: ‘Could not find file, push CONT’ will be displayed.

5 Type <1> and <Enter> to delete ALL fonts or,type the number corresponding to your choice and press <Enter> to delete the required installed font.


IPDS delete captured codepages

By means of the ‘CODEPAGES’ menu you can delete installed codepages. Having selected the ‘CODEPAGES’ menu, the system has to gather resource information.


▼▼▼▼ To delete captured codepages:


‘OPDS-3’).4 Select ‘DELETE’, ‘CAPTURED’ and ‘CODEPAGES’.


After a certain amount of time, the system returns with a list of installed codepages on the system. The following line is displayed:

CACP n:mmm [1..nobj+1,c]:

Where ‘n’ is the sequence number for the selecting item,‘mmm’ is the codepage name,‘nobj’ is the number of available fonts,‘c’, the current selected item.Note: If the system can not find the resources needed to delete the codepages, the message: ‘Could not find file, push CONT’ will be displayed.

5 Type <1> and <Enter> to delete ALL codepages or,type the number corresponding to your choice and press <Enter> to delete the required captured codepage.


IPDS delete captured fontsBy means of the ‘FONTS’ menu you can delete installed fonts. Having selected the ‘FONTS’ menu, the system has to gather resource information.

▼▼▼▼ To delete installed fonts:


‘OPDS-3’).4 Select ‘OPDSPARMS’ and ‘FONTS’.


Please wait...:

After a certain amount of time, the system returns with a list of captured fonts on the system. The following line is displayed:CAFN n:mmm [1..nobj,c]:

PDL parameters 185

Where ‘n’ is the sequence number for the selecting item,‘mmm’ is the font name,‘nobj’ is the number of available fonts,‘c’, the current selected item.Note: If the system can not find the resources needed to delete the codepages, the message: ‘Could not find file, push CONT’ will be displayed.

5 Type <1> and <Enter> to delete ALL fonts or,type the number corresponding to your choice and press <Enter> to delete the required captured font.


IPDS printer defaults

This menu enables you to:■ set the active unit■ select the IBM printer emulation■ set the data resolution■ set the TCP port number■ set the default paper input tray■ set the default paper output bin

IPDS measure unit

By means of the ‘MEASURE’ menu you can set the default measure unit. All shift values are expressed in this unit.

▼▼▼▼ To set the IPDS measure unit:


‘OPDS-3’).


4 Select ‘PRINTER’ and MEASURE’.The following line is displayed:UNIT n:mmmm [1..3,c] _

Where ‘n: mmm’ is the number of the option followed by the measure unit,1 = 0.01 inch2 = 0.1 mm3 = points,‘c’, the current selected item.

5 Type the number corresponding to your choice and press <Enter> to select the required setting. The new setting is displayed.


IPDS IBM printer emulation

By means of the ‘EMULATION’ menu you can select the IBM printer type that is reported to the host computer.

▼▼▼▼ To set the IPDS printer emulation mode:


‘OPDS-3’).4 Select ‘PRINTER’ and EMULATION’.

The following line is displayed:EMUL n:mmmm [1..2,c] _

Where ‘n: mmm’ is the number of the option followed by the measure unit,1 = IBM 31602 = IBM 3935,‘c’, the current selected item.



PDL parameters 187

IPDS software resolutionBy means of the ‘DATARESOL’ menu you can select the resolution that is emulated. This option is only available if the printer resolution is 600 dpi, and the IPDS hardware resolution is set to 600 dpi.

Note: The IPDS software resolution mode has to correspond to the resolution of the data you send from the host. For example, a 240 dpi print job sent from an IBM AS/400 will be set ‘on hold’ if ‘DATARESOL’ is set to 300 or 600 dpi.

For more information on the relationship between hardware and software resolution, refer to the Océ Power Print Controller IPDS Reference Guide.

▼▼▼▼ To set the IPDS software resolution mode:


‘OPDS-3’).4 Select ‘PRINTER’ and ‘DATARESOL’.


DRES n:mmmm [1..4,c] _

Where ‘n: mmmm’ is the number of the option followed by the measure unit,1 = AUTO2 = 2403 = 300 (default setting)4 = 600,‘c’, the current selected item.



IPDS TCP port number

By means of the ‘PORT’ menu you can select the TCP/IP port number for communication with the host.

Note: This value must match the corresponding host parameter.


▼▼▼▼ To set the IPDS TCP port number:


‘OPDS-3’).4 Select ‘PRINTER’ and ‘PORT’.

The following line is displayed:Port [pmin..pmax, c]:_

Where ‘pmin’ is the minimum value of the port number,‘pmax’ is the maximum value of the port number,‘c’, the current selected item.



IPDS paper input tray

By means of the ‘DEFTRAY’ menu you can select default paper input tray. The default paper input tray will be selected when no paper tray selection is made in the job.

▼▼▼▼ To set the default paper input tray for IPDS:


‘OPDS-3’).4 Select ‘PRINTER’ and ‘DEFTRAY’.

The following line is displayed:DEFT n:tray m (xxx) [1..max-n,c] _

Where ‘n’ is the is the sequence number for the selecting item,‘m’ is the logical tray number,‘xxx’ is the logical tray name,‘max-n’ the maximal items to select and ‘c’ the current selected item .

PDL parameters 189

The valid choices for ‘n’ , ‘m’ and ‘xxx’ are:1 = auto (the largest input tray is chosen)2 = 4, bulk paper tray3 = 3, lower paper tray 4 = 2, middle paper tray5 = 1, upper paper tray

The default setting is tray 4.5 Type the number corresponding with the option of your choice and press

<Enter> to confirm.The new setting is displayed.Note: The IPDS default input paper tray must match the current tray map activated in the ‘TRAYMAP’ menu.


IPDS default paper output bin

By means of the ‘DEFBIN’ menu you can select default paper output bin. The default paper output bin will be selected when no output bin selection is made in the job.

▼▼▼▼ To set the default paper output bin for IPDS:


‘OPDS-3’).4 Select ‘PRINTER’ and ‘DEFBIN’.

The following line is displayed:DEFB n:bin m (xxx) [1..max-n,c]_

Where ‘n’ is the is the sequence number for the selecting item,‘m’ is the logical bin number,‘xxx’ is the logical bin name,‘max-n’ the maximal items to select and ‘c’ the current selected item.The valid choices for ‘n’, ‘m’ and ‘xxx’ are:1 = auto (the largest output bin is chosen)2 = bin 61, finisher bin3 = bin 81, output tray4..23 = bin 1..20, sorter bin

191

Océ 8400 Series


Chapter 7Memory tuning

This chapter describes how to distribute the available memory to the PDLs.


Memory tuning

C-KOS allows you to distribute the amount of memory available in the printer over the available PDL processes. You can tune the printer performance, for example, by allocating more memory to the most frequently used PDLs.

Depending on the configuration of your specific print contexts, the following options may be available in the ‘MEMUSE’ menu:■ AJCFOL■ PS-x■ PCL5-x■ FOL-x■ OPDS-x■ PS forms■ PCL5 forms■ FOL forms■ PS flagsheets■ PCL5 flagsheets■ FOL flagsheets

▼▼▼▼ To tune PDL memory:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘CONFIG’, ‘FRONTEND’, ‘PDL’ and ‘MEMUSE’.

For each of the installed PDLs the following message appears:Mem xxxxxxxxx = cc [aa..bb]

in which ‘xxxxxxx’ is the PDL identification, ‘cc’ is the currently allocated amount of memory in MB, ‘aa’ is the minimum amount of memory required for the PDL and ‘bb’ is the maximum amount of memory available. Note: The maximum amount of memory that can be allocated is not fixed but depends on the available memory in the system and the amount of memory currently allocated to other PDLs; if you adjust the memory for one PDL, the maximum amount of allocatable memory for other PDLs will change too.

3 Press <Enter> until you reach the PDL identification of your choice.4 Type the number of MB for the PDL and press <Enter> to confirm.

Note: The number of MB you specify must be equal or larger than ‘aa’ and equal or smaller than ‘bb’.

Memory tuning 193


6 If you have changed the number of MB, press <1> and <Enter> to reboot the printer.

When you configure a new form or flagsheet PDL and previously the available memory was configured over the available PDLs, the system will report:Reset context memory? 1:YES

When you confirm the question, the new form or flagsheet PDL and all other configured PDLs are configured with the default memory configuration. Re-configuration of the memory is required after this.

195

Océ 8400 Series


Chapter 8Job Automation Control (JAC)

This chapter contains all information on the JAC related C-KOS settings.


Job Automation Control

Job Automation Control (JAC) enables you to perform additional processing on a print job besides merely printing the print data. JAC includes e.g. device control, form overlaying or underlaying, printing a document, or only elements of it more than once, etc. All information on JAC is provided in the Océ Power Print Controller Technical Reference Manual.

C-KOS allows for specifying some JAC-related settings. The ‘JAC’ menu in C-KOS contains the following menus and functions:■ selection of the default Association Rules Table■ specify the JEC marker■ interface-specific settings for Separation Instruction Files■ JAC document separation■ overwrite protection for JAC objects.

These items are described in detail in the following sections.

Job Automation Control (JAC) 197

The JEC marker

The JEC marker is used to recognise Job Envelope Commands. The JEC marker is an alphanumerical string. You can use the following characters:-_.*a-zA-Z0-9

Note: On your request, your local System Consultant can alter the JEC marker with different characters.

▼▼▼▼ To specify the JEC marker:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 For a ‘BASIC’ printer, select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and

‘JECMARKER’.3 For a ‘JAC’ printer, select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’, ‘JAC’ and

‘MARKER’.4 The current JEC marker is displayed, e.g.:

*jec

5 Type the new JEC marker and press <Enter> to confirm.6 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.


Selecting the active ART

An Association Rules Table (ART) makes the association between the identification attributes of a job and a processing recipe or job ticket for that print job. Association Rules Tables are stored in files. Several ART files can be stored on the internal hard disk of the printer. The ‘ARTNAME’ function allows you to select the active ART file with its specific ART rules. A list of all ART files present in the system is shown in a sequence. You can scroll through the list and select one ART file, which will be valid for all input channels.

▼▼▼▼ To select an ART:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘JAC’.3 Select ‘ARTNAME’.

The following line is displayed:ART: ccccccccccc sssssssssss 1:Select

where ‘ccc...’ is the currently selected ART and ‘sss...’ is the first ART in the list of ARTs on the hard disk or ‘<no art>’ when no ARTs are available.

4 Press <continue> to view the next ART in the list, or press <1> and <continue> to select the currently displayed ART file from the list.The current ART file is replaced by the selected ART file.

5 Press <line> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.


Interface-specific SIF settings

The ‘JAC’ ‘INTERFACE’ menu allows you to set interface-specific JAC settings for the use of SIFs. SIF stands for Separation Instruction File. With SIFs you can automatically separate print jobs from each other, in order to have them processed differently. You can also split up a print job into several segments, which can again be processed differently.

Several functions, such as ‘SIFNAME’ and some parameters, are available for each interface. In the ‘INTERFACE’ menu one or more of the following interfaces are available, depending on the configuration of your printer:■ Centronics1■ Centronics2■ Socket■ Server■ FTP■ LP■ NetWare■ AppleTalk.

You can assign a specific SIF to each interface that is configured on your printer. For stream-oriented input channels you can also specify the SIF page length and the SIF Carriage Return type.

The available settings for each interface are indicated in the table below:

[23] Available SIF settings per interface

Interface SIF name SIF page length

SIF CarriageReturn type

Centronics ● ● ●

Socket ● ● ●

Server ●

FTP ●

LP ●

NetWare ●

AppleTalk ●


Selecting a SIF for an interfaceThe ‘SIFNAME’ function allows you to assign a specific SIF to an interface. A list of all available SIFs on the printer is shown in a sequence. You can scroll through the list and select one SIF for the interface.

▼▼▼▼ To assign a SIF to an interface:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘JAC’.3 Select ‘INTERFACE’ and select the interface of your choice.4 Select ‘SIFNAME’.

The following line is displayed:Name: ccccccccccc sssssssssss 1:Select

‘Name’ This is the name of the interface you have selected:■ ‘Cen1’: Centronics 1■ ‘Cen2’: Centronics 2■ ‘Ftp’: FTP■ ‘Lp’: LP■ ‘Nw’: NetWare■ ‘At’: AppleTalk■ ‘Sck’: Socket■ ‘Srv’: Server.

‘ccc...’ This is the file name of the SIF that is currently selected for this interface, or ‘<no sif>’ if no SIF is currently selected.

‘sss...’ This is the name of the first file in the list of available SIFs.

5 Press <continue> to view the next SIF in the list, or press <1> and <continue> to select the SIF in the list.The current SIF is replaced by the selected SIF.


Setting the SIF page length for an interface

The ‘SIFPAGEL’ function allows you to set the SIF page length. The page length must be set from 0 to 255 lines.

The default page length is of 0 lines.


▼▼▼▼ To set the SIF page length for an interface:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘JAC’.3 Select ‘INTERFACE’ and select the interface of your choice.4 Select ‘SIFPAGEL’.

The following line is displayed:Name sif pagelength = xxx :

‘Name’ This is the name of the interface you have selected:■ ‘Sck’: Socket■ ‘Cen1’ or ‘Cen2’: Centronics.

‘xxx’ this is the current page length for this interface.

5 Type the page length of your choice and press <continue> to confirm.The new page length is displayed.


Setting the SIF Carriage Return type for an interfaceThe ‘SIFCRRET’ function allows you to specify how a Carriage Return (CR) should be interpreted for a specific interface. Two types of CR are available:■ line break: the CR character in a data stream is used to start a new line.■ overstrike: the CR character in a data stream is used to overwrite the current

line.

The default carriage return type is ‘line break’.

▼▼▼▼ To specify the CR type for an interface:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘JAC’.3 Select ‘INTERFACE’ and select the interface of your choice.4 Select ‘SIFCRRET’.

One of the following line is displayed, depending on the current setting:Name sif crtype = 1 (OVERSTRIKE) :

orName sif crtype = 2 (LINEBREAK) :

‘Name’ is the name of the interface you have selected:■ ‘Sck’: Socket■ ‘Cen1’ or ‘Cen2’: Centronics.


5 Type the number corresponding with the Carriage Return type of your choice and press <continue> to confirm.The new Carriage Return type is displayed.



JAC document separation

Normally, when printing several documents successively, the pages of all documents are delivered into the same (default) output bin or finisher. The ‘SEPARATE’ function in the ‘JAC’ menu allows you to make a physical separation between two print documents, which makes it easier for you to sort out the different documents from the bins or finisher. The actual behaviour depends on the default ouput location.

Sorter: If your Sorter is configured as the default output location then you can group a number of physical bins into one ‘logical’ bin (see chapter 4, ‘Working with the Sorter’ on page 79 for more information). Successive documents are delivered into successive bins of this ‘logical’ bin.

Note: The logical bin must consist of more than one physical bin, and in the active binmap the ‘SEPDOC#’ option must be enabled. If not, the separation of documents is not possible.

Finisher: If your Finisher is configured as the default output location then the documents are delivered in the finisher with a slight offset between two documents. This is called ‘jogging’.

▼▼▼▼ To enable or disable JAC document separation:

1 Log on to C-KOS;2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’, ‘JAC’ and ‘SEPARATE’.

One of the following lines is displayed, depending on the current setting:Job separation = enabled 1:disable

orJob separation = disabled 1:enable

3 Press <1> and <continue> to switch document separation on or off.4 Press <line> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.


Overwrite protection for JAC referable objects

The ‘OVERWRITE’ function in the ‘SECURITY’ menu prevents JAC referable objects on the printer’s hard disk (such as Job Tickets or ARTs) from being deleted or overwritten. If ‘OVERWRITE’ is disabled, no JAC referable objects can be deleted or overwritten, if they are downloaded with a ticket.

Attention: The JAC objects will be overwritten if you install JAC objects from a user disk, even if ‘OVERWRITE’ is disabled.

▼▼▼▼ To enable or disable overwriting of JAC objects:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘JAC’.3 Select ‘SECURITY’ and ‘OVERWRITE’.

One of the following lines is displayed, showing the current setting:Overwrite = enabled 1:disable

or

Overwrite = disabled 1:enable

4 Press <1> and <continue> to enable or disable the overwrite protection.The new setting is displayed.


205

Océ 8400 Series


Chapter 9The AJC/FOL option


The AJC/FOL option

The AJC/FOL option allows compatibility with older Océ printer series, like the Océ 6700, Océ 6755, Océ 6800, Océ 6900 and FOL-E based solutions. The following defaults can be set in C-KOS:■ FOL command marker■ default duplex or simplex printing for AJC/FOL and PCL4■ default multiple-up printing for AJC/FOL and PCL4■ default paper size for AJC/FOL and PCL4■ default input paper tray for AJC/FOL and PCL4■ default output bin for AJC/FOL and PCL4■ default stapling for AJC/FOL and PCL4■ default jogging for AJC/FOL and PCL4■ download settings■ PCL4 parameters■ FOL parameters.

FOL command marker

By means of the ‘FOLMARKER’ function you can select the FOL command marker. This command marker is also used by the FOL module. The FOL command marker is a unique character which indicates that the string following is a FOL command. The factory default FOL command marker is the tilde (~). However, if your system does not support the tilde, you may want to select a different character as FOL command marker.

The command marker is identified by its decimal ASCII code. The decimal ASCII code for the tilde is 126.

Attention: Do not use digits or the ‘space’ character as FOL command marker, and do not use the same character as the FOL line separator.

▼▼▼▼ To select the FOL command marker:

Note: Both FOL and AJC/FOL use the command marker as set here.1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘FOLMARKER’.

The AJC/FOL option 207

The following message is displayed:Fol marker sign = xxx :

in which ‘xxx’ is the decimal ASCII value of the currently selected command marker.

4 Type the decimal ASCII value of the command marker of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The marker sign value can be set from 33 through 255. Refer to the Océ Power Print Controller AJC/FOL Reference Guide for the symbol sets and hexadecimal characters that can be used. The factory default is 126 (ASCII tilde).


Attention: If you change the FOL marker while there are AJC/FOL objects installed or downloaded on the printer, you will not be able to use them anymore. You must reinstall these AJC/FOL objects in order to use them with the new FOL marker.

AJC/FOL default duplex or simplex printing

By means of the ‘DUPLEX’ option in the ‘AJC/FOL’ menu, you can define the default print mode for PCL and/or FOL files. The printer can be set to default simplex or default duplex printing.

Note: The print mode as set in C-KOS may be overruled by a corresponding command in the document to be printed, such as the FOL commands ~SIMPLEX or ~DUPLEX.

▼▼▼▼ To set default duplex or simplex printing for the AJC/FOL option:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’ and ‘DUPLEX’.

One of the following lines is displayed, showing the current setting:

Duplex mode = ON 1:OFF

orDuplex mode = OFF 1:ON

4 Press <1> and <Enter> to change the current mode.


The new default setting is displayed.5 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.

AJC/FOL default multiple-up printing

By means of the ‘MULTIPLE’ function you can select to print one, two or four logical pages on the same physical page. This setting is valid for PCL and/or FOL files. The default can be set to:■ one-up: one logical page is printed onto one physical page■ two-up: two logical pages are printed onto one physical page■ four-up: four logical pages are printed onto one physical page.

The C-KOS parameters ‘ORIENT’ and ‘MULTIPLE’ influence each other strongly. The results of two-up and four-up printing combined with portrait and landscape orientation are illustrated in the figure below.

[24] Multiple-up printing

LANDSCAPE

PORTRAIT

PORTRAIT

LANDSCAPE

LANDSCAPE

PORTRAIT

PORTRAIT

LANDSCAPE


However, if four-up is activated in C-KOS and you change the print orientation in the document, the sequence of the logical pages is disrupted, as shown in the figure below.

[25] Four-up printing when the orientation is changed

If you want to change the orientation in the document with the FOL commands ~LANDSCAPE or ~PORTRAIT, while four-up printing is activated in C-KOS, you have to use the ~FOURUP command again after the FOL orientation change, in order to keep the correct page sequence.

▼▼▼▼ To set default multiple-up printing for the AJC/FOL option:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’ and ‘MULTIPLE’.

The following line is displayed, showing the current setting:Multiple up = # (mode) :


4 Type the number of the multiple-up mode of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The new default is displayed.


# mode

1 one up

2 two up

3 four up

C-KOS orientation = landscape, multipleup = fourupfile to be printed: ~portrait

C-KOS orientation = portrait, multipleup = fourupfile to be printed: ~landscape


AJC/FOL default paper sizeBy means of the ‘PAPERSIZE’ function, you can specify the default paper size to be used for PCL and/or FOL files. You can choose between Letter, Legal-Large and A4.

Attention: Load the default paper tray (as set with the menu option ‘PAPERTRAY’) with paper of this default paper size.

▼▼▼▼ To select the default paper size for the AJC/FOL option:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’ and ‘PAPERSIZE’.

The following line is displayed, showing the current setting:Paper size = # (size) :

in which ‘#’ and ‘size’ can be:

4 Type the number of the paper size of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The new default size is displayed.


AJC/FOL default input paper tray

The ‘PAPERTRAY’ option allows you to set the default input paper tray for PCL and/or FOL files. If the page description does not specify the paper input tray, the default tray is selected.

▼▼▼▼ To set the default input paper tray for the AJC/FOL option:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’ and ‘PAPERTRAY’.

# size

1 A4

2 LETTER

3 LEGAL-LARGE


One of the following lines is displayed, showing the current setting:Paper input tray = # (1...4) :

e.g. Paper input tray = 1 [1...4]

4 Type the number of the paper tray of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The new default is displayed.Note: The AJC/FOL default input paper tray must match the current tray map activated in the ‘TRAYMAP’ menu.


AJC/FOL default output bin

Your printer has a 20-bin Sorter and a finisher. You can set a default output bin for all PCL and FOL files with the ‘OUTPUTBIN’ function. If the output bin number is not explicitly specified, the default output bin is selected.

▼▼▼▼ To set the default output bin for the AJC/FOL option:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’ and ‘OUTPUTBIN’.

The following line is displayed:Output bin = # [1...81]:

e.g. Output bin = 2 [1...81]:




The new setting is displayed.Note: The AJC/FOL default output bin must match the current binmap activated in the ‘DEPOSIT’ menu.



AJC/FOL default staplingBecause your printer has a finisher, C-KOS allows you to set default stapling. If the option is enabled, all PCL and FOL documents will be stapled by default.

▼▼▼▼ To enable or disable default stapling for the AJC/FOL option:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’ and ‘STAPLE’.

One of the following lines is displayed:Staple = ON 1:OFF

orStaple = OFF 1:ON



AJC/FOL default jogging

You can enable default jogging for the AJC/FOL PDL. Jogging has different meanings for the finisher and the sorter.



▼▼▼▼ To enable or disable default jogging for the AJC/FOL option:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’ and ‘JOG’.

One of the following lines is displayed:Jog = ON 1:OFF

or

Jog = OFF 1:ON

4 Press <1> and <Enter> to switch the AJC/FOL default jogging on or off.The new setting is displayed.



The AJC/FOL download settings

The download settings specify the way in which soft fonts are downloaded and handled in the printer. A soft font is a font that is downloaded to the printer. It can have the following statuses:

Temporary A temporary soft font is deleted after a printer reset command (Escape E, ~BEGINOFDOC, ~ENDOFDOC) or if the frontend is switched off and on.

Permanent A permanent soft font is not deleted by a printer reset command (Escape E, ~BEGINOFDOC, ~ENDOFDOC). However, it is deleted when the frontend is switched off.

Installed An installed soft font is not deleted by a printer reset command, nor when the frontend is switched off and on. The installed soft font resides on the hard disk of the printer. It can only be deleted when it is overwritten with another downloading sequence.

Font information

The Status Report states which soft fonts are permanent and installed. It also contains the RO identification of the font. You will find the list of fonts in the AJC/FOL Resources section. See ‘Printing a Total Report’ on page 53.

Note: RO identifications are unique and invariable.

Changing the status of a font

After downloading, the initial status of a font is always ‘temporary’. Use the PCL command ‘make soft font permanent’ to change the state into ‘permanent’ or ‘installed’. Whether the font becomes ‘permanent’ or ‘installed’ depends on the setting of the permanent mode in C-KOS (see ‘AJC/FOL permanent mode’ on page 215).

To change the status of a permanent or installed font back into ‘temporary’, use the PCL command ‘make soft font temporary’.


The ‘DOWNLOAD’ menu contains the following functions:■ the download mode■ the permanent mode■ fattening.

These functions are described in detail in the following subsections.

AJC/FOL download mode

The following options are available for the download mode:

Not supported The downloading of fonts is disabled. Received fonts are flushed and the font identification data are used to select the best possible matching internal font in the printer. If more than one internal font matches the soft font identification, then the printer uses the one with the lowest RO identification.

Highest priority 6The priority of fonts is as follows:■ Soft fonts are supported and they have priority over internal fonts.■ Temporary/permanent soft fonts have priority over installed soft fonts.■ Within each category (temporary/permanent, installed or internal) the soft

font with the lowest RO identification is selected.■ If no soft fonts are available, an internal Océ font is selected.

Lowest priority The priority of fonts is as follows:■ Soft fonts are supported but the internal Océ fonts have priority over the soft

fonts.■ If only soft fonts are available, the installed soft fonts have priority over

temporary/permanent soft fonts.■ Within each category (temporary/permanent, installed or internal) the font

with the lowest RO identification is selected.

▼▼▼▼ To set the AJC/FOL download mode:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’.4 Select ‘DOWNLOAD’ and ‘DLMODE’.

The following line is displayed, showing the current setting:Download mode = # (mode) :



5 Type the number of the download mode of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The new download mode is displayed.


AJC/FOL permanent mode

The permanent mode specifies whether downloaded soft fonts are made ‘permanent’ or ‘installed’ when the PCL command Font control (‘make soft font permanent’) is executed.

▼▼▼▼ To set the AJC/FOL permanent mode:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’.4 Select ‘DOWNLOAD’ and ‘PERMMODE’.



orPermanent mode = 2 (INSTALLED) :

5 Type the number of the permanent mode of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The new permanent mode is displayed.


# mode

1 NOT SUPPORTED

2 HIGHEST PRIORITY

3 LOWEST PRIORITY


AJC/FOL soft font fatteningYou can apply fattening to soft fonts. Fattening is an algorithm whereby each pixel (dot) above and to the right of a black pixel is made black, which results in thicker printed characters.

▼▼▼▼ To enable or disable AJC/FOL soft font fattening:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’.4 Select ‘DOWNLOAD’ and ‘FATTENING’.

One of the following lines is displayed, showing the current setting:Fattening = ON 1:OFF

orFattening = OFF 1:ON

5 Press <1> and <Enter> to change the current setting.The new setting is displayed.



AJC/FOL PCL4 parameters

The PCL4 default settings are the following:■ default margins■ default page orientation■ default primary font and symbol set■ default secondary font and symbol set■ default vertical form length■ default document separation■ raster conversion■ raster fattening■ form feed control■ end-of-line control■ Escape E control.

PCL4 default margins

By means of the ‘LEFTMARG’, ‘RIGHTMARG’, ‘TOPMARG’ and ‘BOTMARG’ functions you can define the default page margins. Page margins are non-printable areas which start at each edge of the logical page.

The size of the margins is set in micrometer:■ The left and right margins can be set between 0 and 200,000 micrometers.■ The top and bottom margins can be set between 0 and 290,000 micrometers.

▼▼▼▼ To set the default margins for PCL4:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’ and ‘PCLPARMS’.4 Select the option for the margin you wish to set: ‘LEFTMARG’,

‘RIGHTMARG’, ‘TOPMARG’ or ‘BOTMARG’.The following line is displayed:

Pcl xxxxxmargin = yyyyy (µm) :

in which ‘xxxxx’ represents the margin you selected (left, right, top or bottom) and ‘yyyyy’ is the current value for that margin.

5 Type the required value for the margin and press <Enter> to confirm.6 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.


PCL4 default page orientationBy means of the ‘ORIENT’ function, you can specify the desired FOL page orientation. You can select one of the following options:■ portrait■ reversed portrait (rportrait)■ landscape■ reversed landscape (rlandscape).

The options are illustrated in the figure below:


▼▼▼▼ To specify the default PCL4 page orientation:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’.4 Select ‘PCLPARMS’ and ‘ORIENT’.

The following message is displayed:Pcl orientation = # (orientation) :


PORTRAIT

LANDSCAPE

RPORTRAIT

RLANDSCAPE


5 Type the number corresponding with the orientation of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.


PCL4 default primary or secondary font and symbol set

The ‘PFONTCHAR’ and ‘SFONTCHAR’ functions allow you to specify the default primary and secondary font and symbol set by entering the RO identification of the required font and symbol set.

To determine the RO identifications, you have to print a Status Report. You will find the list of referable objects and their RO identification in the AJC/FOL Resources section.

▼▼▼▼ To select the PCL4 primary or secondary font and symbol set:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Print a Status Report and look up the correct RO identification of the required

font or symbol set. See ‘Printing a Total Report’ on page 53 for detailed information.

3 Return to the top C-KOS menu.4 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.5 Select ‘AJCFOL’.6 Select ‘PCLPARMS’ and ‘PFONTCHAR’ for the primary, or ‘SFONTCHAR’

for the secondary font and symbol set.One of the following lines is displayed, depending on whether you selected ‘PFONTCHAR’ or ‘SFONTCHAR’:Pcl primary font = xxxx :

or

Pcl secondary font = xxxx :

in which ‘xxxx’ is the RO identification of the current default font.

# orientation

1 PORTRAIT

2 LANDSCAPE

3 RPORTRAIT

4 RLANDSCAPE


7 Type the RO identification of the font of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm, or press only <Enter> if you do not want to change the font.One of the following lines is displayed:

Pcl primary symbolset = xxxx :

orPcl secondary symbolset = xxxx :


to confirm, or press only <Enter> if you do not want to change the symbol set.When the installation is done the following message appears:

Default font and symbolset installed !!!

If the combination is not correct or if the font or symbol set is not present in the printer, one of the following error messages will be displayed:

Wrong symbolset/font combination !!!

orFont and/or symbolset not found !!!

9 Press <Escape> to clear the error message.At this point you may want to keep the old default font and symbol set or you may want to restore the factory default font and symbol set.The following message appears:

Reinstalling defaults ?1:YES

10 If you want to keep the old default font and symbol set, press <Escape>. You will quit the function without having changed any of the defaults.If you want to restore the factory default font and symbol set, press <1> and <Enter>. The following message appears when the installation is done:

Default font and symbolset installed !!!


PCL4 default vertical form length

Instead of specifying the line spacing itself, you can specify the number of lines on a page. The printer then calculates the line spacing for you. By means


of the ‘FORMLENG’ function you can specify the desired number of lines per page.

You have to take into account the required margins, the page length, the page orientation (portrait or landscape) and the multiple-up setting. The standard page length is 297 mm (A4 portrait) minus top and bottom margin.

▼▼▼▼ To specify the PCL4 default form length:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’.4 Select ‘PCLPARMS’ and ‘FORMLENG’.

The following line is displayed:Pcl formlength = xxx (lines/page) :

in which ‘xxx’ is the current default form length in lines per page. The form length can be set from 0 through 255 lines per page.

5 Type the form length of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.6 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.

PCL4 default document separation

If document separation is on, an additional sheet of blank paper from one of the paper trays is inserted between two subsequent documents.

Note: If the tray mode is set to ‘no autochange’, the document separation page is taken from the upper paper tray.

▼▼▼▼ To enable or disable PCL4 document separation:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’.4 Select ‘PCLPARMS’ and ‘JOBSEPAR’.

One of the following lines is displayed, depending on the current setting:

Pcl job separation = ON 1:OFF

orPcl job separation = OFF 1:ON

5 Press <1> and <Enter> to set job separation on or off.



PCL4 raster conversion mode

PCL4 supports 4 resolutions for rasters: 75, 100, 150 and 300 dpi, whereas the resolution for AJC/FOL on the printer is set to 300 dpi. The raster conversion function allows you to convert rasters of 75, 100 and 150 dpi to the printer’s resolution.

Note: Rasters can be submitted to the printer with or without a resolution value included in the raster file.

The following raster conversion options are available:

75 dpi If no resolution value is included in the raster data, the system assumes a resolution of 75 dpi and converts the raster to the printer’s resolution.However, if a resolution value is included in the raster data, the system converts the raster file to the printer’s resolution using the included resolution value. If the included resolution value matches the printer’s resolution, no conversion is applied.

Printer If no resolution value is included in the raster data, the system assumes the file to have the AJC/FOL resolution (300 dpi) and does not convert the raster. However, if a resolution value is included in the raster data, and this value does not match the printer’s resolution, the system converts the raster file to the printer’s resolution.

Ignore No conversion of raster files is done.

▼▼▼▼ To set the PCL4 raster conversion mode:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’.4 Select ‘PCLPARMS’ and ‘RASTCONV’.


Pcl raster resolution = # (mode) :



5 Type the number of the raster conversion mode of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The new setting is displayed.


PCL4 raster fattening

By means of the ‘RASTFAT’ function you can fatten rasters for printing or not. Fattening is an algorithm whereby each pixel (dot) above and to the right of a black pixel is made black. As a result the printed image will be thicker.

Note: If the raster images you use are built up of raster graphics and rectangles, raster fattening should be off. As rectangles are not fattened, raster fattening would result in unevenly thickened lines in the image.

▼▼▼▼ To set PCL4 raster fattening on or off:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’.4 Select ‘PCLPARMS’ and ‘RASTFAT’.

One of the following lines is displayed, depending on the current setting:Pcl raster fattening = ON 1:OFF

or

Pcl raster fattening = OFF 1:ON

5 Press <1> and <Enter> to switch raster fattening on or off.6 The new setting is displayed.7 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.

# mode

1 75 DPI

2 PRINTER

3 IGNORE


PCL4 form feed controlBy means of the ‘FFIGNORE’ function you can control the way a form feed on an empty page is interpreted. An empty page is a page that contains no printable data.

Setting the option off means that form feeds are executed. Setting the option on means that form feeds are ignored.

This option is useful in the following situations:■ You may be working with host systems that send FCBs (Form Control

Blocks) between jobs. The FCBs contain form feed characters that cause white pages to be ejected in between jobs. In this case, set the ‘FFIGNORE’ option on to ignore the form feeds, thus avoiding unwanted white pages to be ejected.

■ Host printer drivers may cause extra form feeds to be added at the end of a print job. The ‘FFIGNORE’ option can prevent the printing of unwanted white pages.

▼▼▼▼ To set the PCL4 form feed control:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’.4 Select ‘PCLPARMS’ and ‘FFIGNORE’.

One of the following lines is displayed, depending on the current setting:Pcl ff conditional page break = ON 1:OFF

orPcl ff conditional page break = OFF 1:ON

5 Press <1> and <Enter> to change the form feed ignore setting.6 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.


PCL4 end-of-line controlThe ‘LINEEND’ function allows you to specify the end-of-line behaviour. The end-of-line behaviour is the translation of a carriage return (CR), line feed (LF) and form feed (FF).

The table below shows the available end-of-line options:

[27] PCL4 end-of-line behaviour

Note: The specified end-of-line behaviour will be overruled by related PCL escape sequences, if used.

▼▼▼▼ To specify the PCL4 end-of-line control:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’.4 Select ‘PCLPARMS’ and ‘LINEEND’.

The following line is displayed, indicating the current setting:Pcl line end = # (mode) :



End-of-line behaviour Translation

CR, LF, FF CR → CR; LF → LF; FF → FF

CR + LF, LF, FF CR → CR + LF; LF → LF; FF → FF

CR, LF + CR, FF + CR CR → CR; LF → LF + CR; FF → FF + CR

CR + LF, LF + CR, FF + CR CR → CR + LF; LF → LF + CR; FF → FF + CR

# mode

1 CR, LF, FF

2 CR + LF, LF, FF

3 CR, LF + CR, FF + CR

4 CR + LF, LF + CR, FF + CR


PCL4 Escape E controlApplications use the PCL Escape E sequence to reset the printer. The printer will then print the current page and all PCL programmable features will be reset to their default values. For more information, refer to the Océ Power Print Controller AJC/FOL Reference Guide.

The ‘ESCERESET’ function provides the following options:

PCL reset This invokes a reset for all PCL settings such as margins, page size or cursor position.

PCL/FOL reset This causes both FOL and PCL settings to be reset to their default values, for example: FOL bin settings, FOL forms or PCL margins.

▼▼▼▼ To specify the PCL4 Escape E control:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’.4 Select ‘PCLPARMS’ and ‘ESCERESET’.

One of the following lines is displayed, depending on the current setting:Pcl escape e = 1 (PCL RESET) :

orPcl escape e = 2 (PCL/FOL RESET) :

5 Type the number of the reset mode of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The new setting is displayed.



AJC/FOL FOL parameters

The FOL settings are:■ default margins■ default page orientation■ default font and symbol set■ default vertical form length■ carriage return control■ form feed control■ line separator■ FOL export and import■ interpretation of PCL escape sequences■ default PIF use■ printing of logical error messages■ host finish mode

Note: The passwords for use and modification of FOL objects are not supported anymore.

The settings are described in detail in the following subsections.

FOL default margins

By means of the ‘LEFTMARG’, ‘RIGHTMARG’, ‘TOPMARG’ and ‘BOTMARG’ functions you can define the default page margins. The page margins are the non-printable areas at each edge of the logical page.

The size of the margins is set in micrometres:■ The left and right margins can be set between 0 and 200,000 micrometers.■ The top and bottom margins can be set between 0 and 290,000 micrometers.

▼▼▼▼ To set the default FOL page margins for AJC/FOL:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’ and ‘FOLPARMS’.4 Select the option for the margin you wish to set: ‘LEFTMARG’,

‘RIGHTMARG’, ‘TOPMARG’ or ‘BOTMARG’.The following line is displayed:Fol xxxxxmargin = yyyyyy (µm) :


in which ‘xxxxx’ represents the margin you selected (left, right, top or bottom) and ‘yyyyyy’ is the current value for that margin in micrometres.

5 Type the required value for the margin and press <Enter> to confirm.The new value is displayed.


FOL default page orientation

By means of the ‘ORIENT’ function you can specify the desired FOL page orientation. You can select one of the following options:■ portrait■ reversed portrait (rportrait)■ landscape■ reversed landscape (rlandscape).

The options are illustrated in the figure below:


▼▼▼▼ To specify the default FOL page orientation for AJC/FOL:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’.4 Select ‘FOLPARMS’ and ‘ORIENT’.


Fol orientation = # (orientation) :


PORTRAIT

LANDSCAPE

RPORTRAIT

RLANDSCAPE


5 Type the number corresponding with the orientation of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The new default orientation is displayed.


FOL default font and symbol set

By means of the ‘FONTCHAR’ function you can select the default FOL font and symbol set. The font and symbol set are identified by their RO identification.

To determine the RO identifications, you have to print a Status Report. You will find the list of referable objects and their RO identification in the AJC/FOL Resources section.

▼▼▼▼ To set the default FOL font and symbol set for AJC/FOL:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Print a Status Report and look up the correct RO identification of the required

font or symbol set. See ‘Printing a Total Report’ on page 53 for detailed information.

3 Return to the top C-KOS menu.4 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.5 Select ‘AJCFOL’.6 Select ‘FOLPARMS’ and ‘FONTCHAR’.


Fol font = xxxx :

in which ‘xxxx’ is the RO identification of the current default font.7 If you want to change the font setting, type the RO identification of the font of

your choice and press <Enter> to confirm. Press only <Enter> if you do not want to change the font setting.

# orientation

1 PORTRAIT

2 LANDSCAPE

3 RPORTRAIT

4 RLANDSCAPE



Fol symbolset = xxxx :


to confirm, or press only <Enter> if you do not want to change the symbol set.When the installation is done the following message appears:Default font and symbolset installed !!!

If the combination is not correct or if the font or symbol set is not present in the printer, one of the following error messages will be displayed:Wrong symbolset/font combination !!!

orFont and/or symbolset not found !!!

9 Press <Escape> to clear the error message.At this point you may want to keep the old default font and symbol set or you may want to restore the factory default font and symbol set.The following message appears:Reinstalling defaults ?1:YES

10 If you want to keep the old default font and symbol set, press <Escape>. You will quit the function without having changed any of the defaults.If you want to restore the factory default font and symbol set, press <1> and <Enter>. The following message appears when the installation is done:Default font and symbolset installed !!!


FOL default vertical form length

By means of the ‘FORMLENG’ function you can specify the desired number of lines per page.

You have to take into account the required margins, the page length, the orientation and the multiple-up setting. The standard page length is 297 mm (A4 portrait) minus top and bottom margin.


▼▼▼▼ To set the default FOL vertical form length for AJC/FOL:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’.4 Select ‘FOLPARMS’ and ‘FORMLENG’.

The following line is displayed:Fol formlength = xxx (lines/page) :

in which ‘xxx’ is the current default form length in lines per page.The form length can be set between 0 and 255.

5 Type the form length of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The new page length is displayed.


FOL carriage return control

By means of the ‘CRCNTRL’ function you can specify how the printer is to treat a carriage return character in the FOL context. A carriage return can be interpreted as a new line, or it can overwrite the current line.

▼▼▼▼ To set the FOL carriage return control for AJC/FOL:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’.4 Select ‘FOLPARMS’ and ‘CRCNTRL’.

One of the following lines is displayed:Fol cr control = 1 (NEWLINE) :

orFol cr control = 2 (OVERWRITE) :

5 Type the number of the carriage return control of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The new setting is displayed.



FOL form feed controlBy means of the ‘FORMCNTRL’ function you can specify how the printer is to interpret a form feed character in the FOL context. A form feed can be interpreted as a bodytext end or as a line end.

▼▼▼▼ To set the FOL form feed control for AJC/FOL:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’.4 Select ‘FOLPARMS’ and ‘FORMCNTRL’.

One of the following lines is displayed:Fol formfeed control = 1 (PAGE END) :

orFol formfeed control = 2 (LINE END) :

5 Type the number of the form feed control of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The new setting is displayed.


FOL line separator

The FOL line separator creates multiple lines within one ~TEXT command. The ‘LINESEP’ function allows you to select the FOL line separator.

Attention: Do not use digits or the ‘space’ character as FOL line separator, nor use the same character as the FOL command marker.

▼▼▼▼ To select the FOL line separator for AJC/FOL:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’.4 Select ‘FOLPARMS’ and ‘LINESEP’.

The following message is displayed:Fol text line separator = xxx :


in which ‘xxx’ is the decimal ASCII value of the currently selected text line separator. The factory default FOL line separator is ‘/’ (ASCII code 47).

5 Type the decimal ASCII value of the line separator of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The text line separator value can be set from 33 to 255. Refer to the Océ Power Print Controller AJC/FOL Reference Guide for the symbol sets and hexadecimal characters that can be used.


FOL export and import mechanismThe automatic export mechanism The export mechanism allows the use of FOL settings in the PCL context. The ‘EXPORT’ function switches the export mechanism on or off. The exportable settings are:■ font■ HMI■ margins■ offset■ orientation■ shift■ text cursor■ underlining■ vertical line spacing (SPI).

Refer to the Océ Power Print Controller AJC/FOL Reference Guide for more information.

Note: You can also use the FOL command ~EXPORT to use FOL settings in the PCL context. In that case, the ‘EXPORT’ setting in C-KOS must be switched off.

Note: The export mechanism is always automatically activated in a PIF.

▼▼▼▼ To set the export mechanism on or off:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’.4 Select ‘FOLPARMS’ and ‘EXPORT’.

One of the following lines is displayed:Fol export = ON 1:OFF


orFol export = OFF 1:ON

5 Press <1> and <Enter> to change the current setting.6 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.

The automatic import mechanism The import mechanism allows the use of PCL settings in the FOL context. The ‘IMPORT’ function switches the import mechanism on or off. The importable settings are:■ font■ HMI■ margins■ offset■ orientation■ shift■ text cursor■ underlining■ vertical line spacing (SPI).

Refer to the Océ Power Print Controller AJC/FOL Reference Guide for more information.

Note: It is recommended to switch the automatic import function off and use the FOL ~IMPORT command when required. If you want to use the ~IMPORT command in a PIF, you must place it after the ~GETPAGE command.

▼▼▼▼ To set the import mechanism on or off:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’.4 Select ‘FOLPARMS’ and ‘IMPORT’.

One of the following lines is displayed:Fol import = ON 1:OFF

orFol import = OFF 1:ON



FOL interpretation of PCL escape sequencesSome applications, such as word processors, use PCL cursor positioning commands to separate words. The ‘PCLESCSEQ’ option allows you to define the way the printer interprets PCL escape sequences. You can set the printer to ignore the escape sequences, or to use the sequences for word separation.

If you set the option to ‘separate’, the escape sequences are interpreted as follows:■ each PCL horizontal cursor positioning command is treated as a space■ each PCL vertical cursor positioning command is treated as end-of-line.

Note: The PCL reset character (Escape E) is always interpreted, even if you set the ‘PCLESCSEQ’ to ‘ignore’. If you want the Escape E command to be ignored, you can use the ~TEST command combined with reserved variables. Refer to the Océ Power Print ControllerAJC/FOL AJC/FOL Reference Guide for more information.

▼▼▼▼ To specify the interpretation of PCL escape sequence:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’.4 Select ‘FOLPARMS’ and ‘PCLESCSEQ’.

One of the following lines is displayed:Fol pclescape sequence = 1 (IGNORE) :

or

Fol pclescape sequence = 2 (SEPARATE) :

5 Type the number of the interpretation of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.



FOL default PIF Enabling or disabling the use of a default PIF By means of the ‘DEFPIFUSE’ function you can instruct the printer to use a default PIF (Printer Instruction File) for all following print jobs. The default PIF can be selected by the ‘SETDEFPIF’ function, described in the next subsection.

If the default PIF use is enabled, the default PIF will be executed each time the printer is switched on or C-KOS is left.

▼▼▼▼ To enable or disable the default PIF use for AJC/FOL:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’.4 Select ‘FOLPARMS’ and ‘DEFPIFUSE’.

One of the following lines is displayed:Fol defpif use = enabled 1:disable

orFol defpif use = disabled 1:enable


Selecting the default PIF With the ‘SETDEFPIF’ function you can specify the default PIF for the printer to use. You can select the required PIF from the list of available PIFs on the printer. The PIF is identified by its file name.

▼▼▼▼ To select the default PIF for AJC/FOL:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’.4 Select ‘FOLPARMS’ and ‘SETDEFPIF’.


PIF: xxxxxxxxxxxxx yyyyyyyyyy 1:Select

in which ‘xx..xx’ is ‘no pif’ or the current default PIF file name, and ‘yy..yy’ is the file name of the first PIF in the list of available PIFs.You can run through the list of available PIFS (including ‘no pif’ if you want no default PIF selected) by pressing <Enter> repeatedly.

5 If you want to select the displayed PIF as default PIF, press <1> and <Enter> to confirm.


The new default PIF is displayed.6 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.

FOL error message printing

With the ‘ERRPAGE’ option, you can specify where logical error messages are to be printed. You have the following options:■ on the page where the error occurred■ on a special error page■ both on the page where the error occurred as on a special error page.

▼▼▼▼ To specify the printing of AJC/FOL logical error messages:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’.4 Select ‘ERRPAGE’.

The following line will be displayed:Logical error mode = # (mode) :

where ‘#’ and ‘mode’ can be:

5 Type the number corresponding with the option of your choice and press <Enter> to confirm.The new setting is displayed.


# mode explanation

1 CURRENT PAGE The error message is printed on the page where the error occurred.

2 ERROR PAGE The error message is printed on a special error page.

3 CURR + ERR PAGE The error message is printed on the page where the error occurred and on a special er-ror page.


The FOL host finish mode

Normally an AJC/FOL job is ended with an ~ENDOFDOC command. A job end can however also occur because of an input timeout or an end of file when using FTP. In this case the AJC/FOL module can not find a job end and as long as no job end has been detected, the AJC/FOL module will be in processing state. To solve this problem you can set the host finish mode. Then the printer will end the current job whenever a timeout occurs.

You can choose between two options:■ Feedout and Reset■ Feedout

The Feedout and Reset option has the following effect:■ The printer delivers the sheet which is processed.■ The active PIF terminates.■ The current job ends.■ The printer will reset the AJC/FOL PDL to its default values.

The Feedout option has the following effect:■ The printer delivers the sheet which is processed.■ The active PIF terminates.■ The current job ends.

Note: In each case, the AJC/FOL PIF is terminated, as it cannot survive a job end.

▼▼▼▼ To set the host finish mode:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘SETTINGS’, ‘FRONTEND’ and ‘PDL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’ and ‘FINISHMOD’.

The following line is displayed:Finish mode = n (mode) : _

in which ‘n’ is 1 (mode ‘Feedout+Reset’) or 2 (mode ‘Feedout’).

4 If you want to feedout and reset, then press <1> and <Enter>. If you only want to feedout, then press <2> and <Enter>.


239

Océ 8400 Series


Chapter 10Referable objects

This chapter explains how to handle referable objects.


Referable objects

The Océ 8400 Series uses referable objects (ROs) to handle the processing or printing of a print job. ROs serve as input for Job Automation Control (JAC) or Page Description Languages (PDL). They contain data or instructions which transform the print job to the desired result.

Fonts, logos, forms, flagsheets, job ticket description files, Association Rules Table files (ARTs), Separation Instruction Files (SIFs), Page and Layout Processing Instruction Files (PagePIFs and LayoutPIFs) are all referable objects. A PagePIF for example, contains commands that specify how a page is to be processed.

Referable objects can be grouped into:■ fonts■ JAC objects■ PDL objects.

ROs are files and can be stored on floppy (user disk), hard disk or tape. To apply an RO, you will have to install it on the internal hard disk of the printer.

Fonts

Fonts are available for FOL, PostScript, PCL , IPDS and AJC/FOL.

FOL You can install the following fonts for FOL:■ 300 dpi Océ bitmap fonts■ 600 dpi Océ bitmap fonts■ Speedo outline fonts■ TrueType outline fonts■ character conversion tables for Océ bitmap fonts and outline fonts.

PostScript You can install the following fonts for PostScript:■ Type 1 fonts (ASCII and binary)■ Type 3 fonts.

Referable objects 241

PCL5 You can install the following fonts for PCL5:■ Speedo outline fonts■ TrueType outline fonts■ PCL5 symbol sets.

IPDS You can install fonts and codepages for IPDS. For more information on this subject refer to ‘IPDS install resources’ on page 178.

AJC/FOL You can install the following fonts for AJC/FOL:■ 300 dpi PCL4 soft bitmap fonts■ 300 dpi Océ bitmap fonts■ character conversion tables for Océ fonts.

JAC referable objects

JAC ROs are referable objects used by Job Automation Control. They consist of:■ ARTs (Association Rules Tables)■ SIFs (Separator Instruction Files)■ tickets■ PagePIFs (Page Processing Instruction Files)■ LayoutPIFs (Layout Processing Instruction Files)■ FOL forms■ PostScript forms■ PCL forms ■ FOL flagsheets■ PostScript flagsheets■ PCL flagsheets.

Note: Refer to the Océ Power Print Controller Technical Reference Manual for more information on each of these objects.

Each JAC RO has a unique RO number by which it can be addressed. These numbers are listed in the Printer Status Report and sorted by name. How to print a Status Report is explained in ‘Printing a Total Report’ on page 53.

The RO number list is a dynamic list. The numbers change when elements are added or deleted. Therefore, when deleting or copying JAC ROs, it is important to print out the current version of the Status Report first. Only the latest Status Report provides the correct RO numbers.


The Océ 8400 Series can handle FOL, PostScript and PCL forms and flagsheets with JAC. These forms or flagsheets can be combined with pages printed with any available Page Description Language configured on your printer. There is only one exception: you cannot print a PCL form with IPDS pages.

PDL referable objects

PDL ROs are always related to one specific PDL. You can install ROs for FOL and AJCFOL.

ROs installed for a PDL are also available for forms and flagsheets in that specific PDL. For example, a FOL logo can be used in a FOL flagsheet.

Note: Because downloaded objects have a higher priority than installed ROs, make sure that downloaded ROs with the same name are deleted before you install objects from floppy disk.

You can also install PCL macros as referable objects.

Note: PDL referable objects that were downloaded to the printer (not installed from user disk), are only available to the print context, not to the form and/or flagsheet contexts.

FOL For the Form and Overlay Language (FOL) there are:■ logos (in Océ Logo Digitising format, PCX or TIFF format)■ forms■ include files■ 300 dpi and 600 dpi interiors.

Note: FOL forms are local to the FOL PDL; they can only be combined with pages printed with the FOL. They cannot be used with JAC.


AJCFOL For AJCFOL there are: ■ logos (in Océ Logo Digitising format)■ forms (Release 2 FOL or PCL4-coded)■ formsets■ include files■ 300 dpi interiors■ PIFs.

Note: AJCFOL forms are local to the AJCFOL PDL; they can only be combined with pages printed with AJCFOL. They cannot be used with JAC.

RO operations with C-KOSFunctions related to referable objects are available as options in the ‘RO-OPER’ menu of C-KOS C-KOS. ‘RO-OPER’ is short for ‘Referable Objects OPERations’.

With C-KOS you can:■ format user disks■ install fonts, JAC ROs and PDL ROs from user disk on the hard disk■ copy JAC ROs from hard disk to user disk■ copy PDL ROs from hard disk to user disk■ delete JAC ROs from the hard disk■ delete PDL ROs (fonts) from the hard disk■ proof JAC ROs and logos by printing test pages.

Note: You cannot delete installed fonts from the hard disk through C-KOS.


Working with user disks

The Océ 8400 Series is standard equipped with one disk drive for user disks (31/2", HD/DS 2 MB unformatted).

The user disk drive is used for operations such as loading and copying referable objects from the internal hard disk, and making a backup of the printer configuration. The disk drive is located behind the left front door of the Océ 8400 Series printer.


Floppies used with the printer, should be formatted on the printer. To do so, you will use the ‘FORMATUD’ function in the C-KOS ‘RO-OPER’ menu. Floppies are formatted in an MS-DOS compatible format and have a disk size of 1.44 MB. ‘FORMATUD’ creates the directory structure that is required to install or backup ROs.

Note: The directory structure partly depends on your printer configuration: directories are created only for those PDLs installed on your printer. Some directories are only available for the JAC printer version.

The directory structure of the floppy is shown in the tree below. The JAC icon indicates directories that are available for the JAC printer version only. Each directory is intended for one type of referable object, as indicated in the directory tree below.

User disk drive


(root)

jac

art (for ARTs)sif (for SIFs)pagepif (for PagePIFs)layoutpf (for LayoutPIFs)ticket (for job tickets)

form

ps (for PostScript forms to be used with JAC)pcl (for PCL5 forms to be used with JAC)fol (for FOL forms to be used with JAC)

flgsheet

ps (for PostScript flagsheets)pcl (for PCL5 flagsheets)fol (for FOL flagsheets)

fol

logos

ocelds (for logos in Océ Digitising format to use with FOL)pcx (for logos in PCX format to use with FOL)tiff (for logos in TIFF format to use with FOL)

include (for FOL include files)forms (for FOL forms to be used with FOL only)int300 (for 300 dpi interior styles)int600 (for 600 dpi interior styles)


(root)

ajcfol

forms (for AJCFOL forms)formsets (for AJCFOL formsets)

logos

ocelds (for logos in Océ Digitising format to use with AJCFOL)pcx (not applicable)tiff (not applicable)

interior (for AJCFOL interiors)pifs (for AJCFOL PIFs)include (for AJCFOL include files)

PCL5

symbsets (for PCL5 symbol sets)

optfonts

oce240 (for 240 dpi Océ bitmap fonts)oce300 (for 300 dpi Océ bitmap fonts)oce600 (for 600 dpi Océ bitmap fonts)speedo (for Speedo outline fonts)truetype (for TrueType outline fonts)type1 (for Type 1 fonts)type3 (for Type 3 fonts)oceconv (for conversion tables for Océ bitmap fonts)olconv (for conversion tables for outline fonts, used by the rasteriser)pcl300 (for 300 dpi PCL4 soft bitmap fonts)

system (for backing up system configuration files)

netware (for backing up NetWare configuration files)helios (for backing up helios configuration files)

log (for system log files)


Attention: All files and directories on the floppy that are not part of this directory structure are ignored.

Floppies for the Océ FOL printer range can be read as well, although their directory structure is different. They are discussed in ‘Compatibility with the Océ FOL printer range’ on page 248.

▼▼▼▼ To format a user disk:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘RO-OPER’ and ‘FORMATUD’.

The following line is displayed:Floppy to format inserted ?1:YES

3 Insert the user disk into the disk drive.4 Press <1> and <Enter>.

During formatting the following line is displayed:Formatting floppy : Wait


Formatting floppy: Failed

If so, press <Escape> to quit the function.6 When the formatting process is finished, the following message will be

displayed:

Formatting floppy : Ready

7 Press <Enter>. The following message is displayed:Free disk space : xxxxxxxxxxx bytes

in which ‘xx...’ is the free disk space in bytes.8 If you want to format another floppy, press <Enter>.

The following message is displayed again:Floppy to format inserted ? 1:YES

9 Return to step 3 of this procedure to format another floppy.10 When you have finished formatting, press <Escape> to return to the menu, then

exit C-KOS.


Compatibility with the Océ FOL printer rangeFloppies for the Océ FOL printer range can be read as well, although their directory structure is different. You cannot use them to backup ROs.

They contain the following directories:■ sys■ forms■ formsets■ fonts■ dlfonts■ logos■ interior■ conv■ pifs■ include

The table below compares the Océ FOL printer range directory with the Océ 8400 Series printer directory:

Océ FOL printer range directory

Océ 8400 Series directory

sys is ignored

forms is equivalent to /ajcfol/forms

formsets is equivalent to /ajcfol/formsets

fonts is equivalent to /fonts/oce300

dlfonts is equivalent to /fonts/pcl300

logos is equivalent to /ajcfol/logos/ocelds

interior is equivalent to /ajcfol/interior

conv is equivalent to /ajcfol/oceconv

pifs is equivalent to /ajcfol/pifs

include is equivalent to /ajcfol/include

[30] Floppy compatibility Océ FOL printer range – Océ 8400 Series


Installing fonts

The ‘FNTINSTAL’ function allows you to install fonts from the user disk on the hard disk. ‘FNTINSTAL’ prompts you to install fonts for each of the PDLs available on your printer.

FOL fonts When installing FOL fonts, the objects in the following directories on the floppy are copied to the hard disk:■ optfonts/oce300■ optfonts/oce600■ optfonts/speedo■ optfonts/truetype■ optfonts/oceconv■ optfonts/olconv

PostScript fonts When installing PostScript fonts, the objects in the following directories on the floppy are copied to the hard disk:■ optfonts/type1 (ASCII and binary)■ optfonts/type3

PCL5 fonts When installing PCL5 fonts, the objects in the following directories on the floppy are copied to the hard disk:■ optfonts/speedo■ optfonts/truetype■ PCL5/symbol sets

AJCFOL fonts For AJCFOL fonts, the objects in the following directories on the floppy are copied to the hard disk:■ optfonts/oce300■ optfonts/pcl300■ optfonts/oceconv

Fonts for AJCFOL can be installed from Océ FOL printer range floppies. ‘FNTINSTAL’ retrieves them from the fonts, dlfonts and include directories.


▼▼▼▼ To install fonts:

Attention: If you install an RO while an RO with the same name is present on the hard disk, then this RO will be overwritten. That is why you should always print a full Status Report first, so that you know the names of the ROs on the hard disk of the printer. The Printer Status Report groups ROs by type and sorts them by name. For instructions, see ‘Printing a Total Report’ on page 53.

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Insert the user disk in the user disk drive behind the front door of the printer.

Select ‘RO-OPER’ and ‘FNTINSTAL’.The following sequence of messages is started:Install FOL fonts on hard disk ? 1:YES

Install PS fonts on hard disk ? 1:YES

Install PCL5 fonts on hard disk ? 1:YES

Install AJCFOL fonts on hard disk ? 1:YES

Note: The messages are only displayed if the respective PDL is available on your printer.

3 For the fonts which you do not want to install, press <Enter>. The next line in the sequence will be displayed.

4 For the fonts which you want to install, press <1> and <Enter> to start the installation procedure.The following message appears:Copying ROs : xxxxx S

in which xxxxx is the copying status (Wait, Ready or Failed) and S is the blinking segment.

5 If copying fails, a corresponding error message will be displayed.


Note: Always print a full status report to check whether all fonts are installed or not. If the fonts are not visible on the report, this means that they were not accepted by the specific PDLs. This situation could be the result of corrupt font files, or files that are not of the correct format.


Installing JAC ROs

The ‘JACINSTAL’ function allows you to install all JAC referable objects from the user disk on the hard disk. JAC ROs include ARTs, SIFs, PagePIFs, LayoutPIFs and tickets. You can also install FOL, PostScript and PCL forms and flagsheets to use with JAC.

Attention: JAC ROs require a unique name. Make sure that if you have a form named “myform”, that you do not use the name “myform” for another form in a different PDL. It is advisable to add an extension to the names of your forms, flagsheets, etc.

The objects in the following directories on the floppy are copied to the hard disk:■ jac/art■ jac/sif■ jac/pagepif■ jac/layoutpf■ jac/ticket■ jac/form/ps■ jac/form/pcl■ jac/form/fol■ jac/flgsheet/ps■ jac/flgsheet/pcl■ jac/flgsheet/fol

Note: You can delete JAC referable objects from the hard disk through C-KOS. See ‘Deleting JAC ROs from the hard disk’ on page 262.


▼▼▼▼ To install JAC ROs:

Attention: If you install an RO while an RO with the same name is present on the hard disk, then this RO will be overwritten. That is why you should always print a full Status Report first, so that you know the names of the ROs on the hard disk of the printer. The Printer Status Report groups ROs by type and sorts them by name. Each JAC referable object is preceded by a unique number, which serves as an identifier. For instructions, consult ‘Printing a Total Report’ on page 53.

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Insert the user disk in the user disk drive behind the front door of the printer.3 Select ‘RO-OPER’ and ‘JACINSTAL’.

The following line is displayed:Install JAC ROs on hard disk ? 1:YES

4 Press <1> and <Enter> to start the installation procedure.During installation the following line is displayed:Copying ROs : xxxxx S




Note: Always print a full status report to check whether all JAC referable objects are installed or not. If JAC referable objects are not visible on the report, this means that they were not accepted by the specific printer. This situation could be the result of corrupt referable object files, or files that are not of the correct format.


Installing PDL ROs

The ‘PDLINSTAL’ function allows you to install all PDL referable objects from the user disk on the hard disk. The objects in the following directories on the floppy are copied to the hard disk:

For FOL:

■ fol/logos/ocelds■ fol/logos/pcx■ fol/logos/tiff■ fol/include■ fol/forms■ fol/int300■ fol/int600

For AJCFOL:

■ ajcfol/forms■ ajcfol/formsets■ ajcfol/logos/ocelds■ ajcfol/interior■ ajcfol/pifs■ ajcfol/include

Note: ROs for AJCFOL can also be installed from Océ FOL printer range floppies. ‘PDLINSTAL’ retrieves them from the forms, formsets, logos, interior and pifs directories.

▼▼▼▼ To install PDL referable objects:

Attention: If you install an RO while an RO with the same name is present on the hard disk, then this RO will be overwritten. That is why you should always print a full Status Report first, so that you know the names of the ROs on the hard disk of the printer. The Printer Status Report groups ROs by type and sorts them by name. For instructions, (see ‘Printing a Total Report’ on page 53).

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Insert the user disk in the user disk drive behind the front door of the printer.3 Select ‘RO-OPER’ and ‘PDLINSTAL’.


The following line is displayed:Install PDL ROs on hard disk ? 1:YES

4 Press <1> and <Enter> to start the installation procedure.During installation the following line is displayed:Copying ROs : xxxxx S




Note: Always print a full status report to check whether all PDL referable objects are installed or not. If PDL referable are not visible on the report, this means that they were not accepted by the specific PDLs. This situation could be the result of corrupt referable object files, or files that are not of the correct format.

Note: You can deleted PDL referable objects from the hard disk through C-KOS. See ‘Methods for deleting PDL referable objects’ on page 265.


Copying JAC ROs to user disk

You can copy JAC referable objects from the hard disk of the printer to a user disk. You can copy several JAC ROs sequential, or copy a range of JAC ROs at once.

Each JAC RO has a unique RO number by which it can be addressed. These numbers are listed in the Printer Status Report and sorted by name.

Format new user disks first with the ‘FORMATUD’ function.

Sequential copying

The printer asks you which is the first JAC RO you want to copy. Starting from that number, the printer runs through the list of ROs and asks you for each RO if you want to copy it.

▼▼▼▼ To copy ROs sequential to user disk:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Print a Status Report (see ‘Printing a Total Report’ on page 53) and look up the

numbers of the JAC ROs to be copied.3 Insert the user disk in the disk drive behind the front door of the printer.4 Press <0> and <Enter> to return to the top C-KOS menu.5 Select ‘RO-OPER’, ‘COPYTOUD’, ‘JAC’ and ‘SEQUENT’.

The following message is shown:

Enter start RO number to copy :

6 Type the first RO number you want to copy and press <Enter> to confirm.The following message appears:Copy xxxxx yyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyy ? 1:YES

in which ‘xxxxx’ is the RO number and ‘yy..yy’ is the RO name.

Attention: If a JAC RO already exists on the user disk, it will be overwritten.

7 Press <1> and <Enter> to copy the RO.During the copying of the RO the following message is displayed:Please wait


8 When the RO is copied, the next RO is displayed and the printer asks you whether you want to copy that one too.If you do not want to copy the RO, press only <Enter>. The next RO in the list is then displayed.If the floppy is full, the following message appears on the display:Floppy full, next floppy inserted ? 1:YES

In this case, insert another formatted (FORMATUD) disk in the drive and press <1> and <Enter> to resume copying.

9 You can quit the copy function at any time in the sequence by pressing <Escape>.

10 When you have finished copying, press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.

11 Remove the user disk from the disk drive.

Copying a range of JAC ROs

The printer asks you for the numbers of the first and of the last JAC RO you want to copy. All JAC ROs from the first to the last number are automatically copied to the user disk.

▼▼▼▼ To copy a range of ROs to user disk:


numbers of the ROs you want to copy.3 Insert the user disk in the user disk drive behind the front door of the printer.4 Press <0> and <Enter> to return to the top C-KOS menu.5 Select ‘RO-OPER’, ‘COPYTOUD’, ‘JAC’ and ‘RANGE’.

The following message is shown:

Enter first RO number to copy:

6 Type the first RO number you wish to copy and press <Enter> to confirm.The following message is shown:Enter last RO number to copy:

7 Type the last RO number you wish to copy and press <Enter> to confirm.If both RO numbers are valid, the following message is displayed:Copy range from xxxxx to yyyyy ? 1:YES

in which ‘xxxxx’ is the first RO number and ‘yyyyy’ is the last RO number to be copied.


If the entered RO numbers are invalid, one of the following messages appears:RO number out of range !!!

orLast RO number must be > first number !!!

Attention: If a JAC RO already exists on the user disk, it will be overwritten.

8 Press <1> and <Enter> to proceed with copying or press <Escape> to quit.During copying the following line is displayed:

Copying ROs : xxxxx S




11 Remove the floppy disk from the user disk drive.


Copying PDL ROs to user disk

The PDL referable objects that can be copied to user disk are downloaded (thus local) PDL ROs. Global PDL ROs can not be copied to user disk.

Copying methods for PDL referable objects

There are two methods for copying PDL ROs: sequential or all at once.

Sequential copying You can scroll through a list of PDL referable objects which can be copied. These referable objects can be selected (one by one) and copied to the user disk.

▼▼▼▼ To copy PDL ROs sequential to the user disk:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘RO-OPER’, ‘COPYTOUD’ and ‘PDLLOCAL’.3 Select the PDL-type from which you want to copy a referable object.4 Select the referable object type you want to copy.5 Select ‘SEQUENT’.

The following line is displayed:Copy xxxxx yyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyy? 1:YES

in which ‘xxxxx’ is the type of RO and ‘yy..yy’ is the name which represents the RO.

Note: The items in the list are represented by a name, which is mostly built up out of attributes from the RO which can be found on the status report, and uniquely describe the RO. Which attributes are used is discussed in the various menu descriptions which are discussed in the chapters below. When no information about the RO can be obtained, the name of the RO file is displayed, enclosed between brackets. This implies that the RO is not recognized as a valid RO.

Copying all The printer will first determine how many referable objects are present which can be copied.


▼▼▼▼ To copy all PDL ROs to the user disk:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘RO-OPER’, ‘COPYTOUD’ and ‘PDLLOCAL’.3 Select the PDL-type from which you want to copy a referable object.4 Select the referable object type you want to copy.5 Select ‘ALL’.6 When there are no referable objects to copy, then the following message will

be displayed:There are no ROs to copy!

7 When referable objects are available to copy, then the following message will be displayed:Copy all ROs (xxxxx)? 1:YES

in which ‘xxxxx’ is the number of ROs which will be copied to user disk.

8 Press <1> and <Enter> to copy the ROs. The following message appears:Copying ROs : xxxxx S



Copying downloaded PDL referable objects

You can copy downloaded ROs of the FOL type (configured in Print Contexts 1, 2 and 3) and downloaded ROs of the AJCFOL type.

Note: In order to restore these PDL referable objects the PDLINSTAL function can be used. However, the side effect of this method is that the referable objects which originally were local to a print context have now become global. For instance, when downloaded include files from the FOL PDL configured in Print Context 1 are copied to user disk, then after installing (PDLINSTAL) new PDL referable objects, the include files will have become available to the FOL PDLs configured in Print Context 1, Print Context 2, Print Context 3 and the FOL PDLs which are used for form and flagsheet support.

Note: Downloaded (local) referable objects for PDLs, configured for JAC form or flagsheet support cannot be copied.


Copying local FOL referable objects The only ROs which can be downloaded to the FOL PDL are include files and forms.

▼▼▼▼ To copy FOL ROs to the user disk:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘RO-OPER’, ‘COPYTOUD’ and ‘PDLLOCAL’.3 Select ‘FOL-1’, ‘FOL-2’ or ‘FOL-3’ (Print Context 1, 2 or 3).4 Select ‘INCLUDE’ if you want to copy include files or ‘FORM’ if you want to

copy forms.5 Now you can select ‘SEQUENT’ if you want to copy sequential, or ‘ALL’ if

you want to copy all the ROs at once. This has been explained in chapter “Copying methods for PDL referable objects”.

6 If you select ‘SEQUENT’ then the objects will be displayed according to the following rules:

The ROs are sorted alphabetically by their name.

Copying local AJCFOL referable objects The referable objects which can be copied for the AJCFOL are:■ include files■ forms■ form sets■ PIFs

▼▼▼▼ To copy AJCFOL ROs to the user disk:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘RO-OPER’, ‘COPYTOUD’ and ‘PDLLOCAL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’.4 Select the referable object you want to copy.5 Now you can select ‘SEQUENT’ if you want to copy sequential, or ‘ALL’ if

you want to copy all the ROs at once. This has been explained in chapter “Copying methods for PDL referable objects”.

menu item xxxx yy..yy

INCLUDE incl include filename

FORM form name of form



The ROs are sorted alphabetically.

Note: You cannot copy fonts to a user disk.




FORMSET frms name of formset

PIF pif name of pif


Deleting JAC ROs from the hard disk

JAC referable objects can be deleted from the hard disk through C-KOS. You can delete JAC ROs sequential or delete a range of JAC ROs at once.

Sequential deleting

The printer asks you which is the first JAC RO you want to delete. Starting from that number, the printer runs through the list of JAC ROs and asks you for each JAC RO if you want to delete it.

▼▼▼▼ To delete JAC ROs sequential from the hard disk:


JAC RO numbers you want to delete.3 Press <0> and <Enter> to return to the top C-KOS menu.4 Select ‘RO-OPER’, ‘DELFROMHD’, ‘JAC’ and ‘SEQUENT’.

Before the sequence is started, the printer asks you for the first RO number to be deleted:Enter start RO number to delete :

5 Type the number of the first RO you want to delete and press <Enter> to confirm.The following line is displayed:

Delete xxxxx yyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyy? 1:YES

in which ‘xxxxx’ is the RO number and ‘yy..yy’ the RO name.6 Press <1> and <Enter> to delete the RO. During the deleting of the RO the

following message is displayed:

Please wait

7 If the RO is deleted successfully, the next RO is displayed and the printer asks you if you want to delete this one too.If you do not want to delete the RO, press only <Enter>. The next RO in the list is then displayed.

If an RO is already deleted, the following message is displayed:

RO was already deleted !!!


If the RO is not deleted successfully, a corresponding error message is displayed.

The deletion sequence goes on until the list of ROs on the hard disk has ended.

8 You can quit the delete function at any time in the sequence by pressing <Escape>.

9 When you have finished deleting, press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.

Deleting a range of JAC ROs

The printer asks you for the number of the first and of the last JAC RO you want to delete. All JAC ROs from the first to the last number are automatically deleted.

▼▼▼▼ To delete a range of JAC ROs from the hard disk:


numbers of the JAC ROs you want to delete.3 Press <0> and <Enter> to return to the top C-KOS menu.4 Select ‘RO-OPER’, ‘DELFROMHD’, ‘JAC’ and ‘RANGE’.

The following message is shown:Enter first RO number to delete:

5 Type the first RO number you wish to delete and press <Enter> to confirm.The following message is shown:Enter last RO number to delete:

6 Type the last RO number you wish to delete and press <Enter> to confirm.If both RO numbers are valid, the following message is displayed:Delete range from xxxxx to yyyyy ? 1:YES

in which ‘xxxxx’ is the first RO number and ‘yyyyy’ is the last RO number to be deleted.

If the entered RO numbers are invalid, one of the following messages appears:

RO number out of range !!!

orLast RO number must be > first number !!!


7 Press <1> and <Enter> to delete the ROs or press <Escape> to quit.During deletion the following line is displayed:Copying ROs : xxxxx S





Methods for deleting PDL referable objects

This chapter will discuss the methods which are used to delete the referable objects. There are two methods for deleting PDL referable objects:■ sequential■ all at once

In the next chapters we will make a distinction between global PDL delete menu descriptions and local PDL delete menu descriptions. The distinction between those two types will be explained briefly. When referable objects are installed to a specific PDL type, then these referable objects become available for all PDLs of that specific type which are configured for any print context, JAC or flagsheet support. Thus the referable objects have global scope. When referable objects are downloaded, then the downloaded referable objects become only available for the PDL (print context) which is used to download the referable objects (local).

Deleting sequential

You can scroll through a list of PDL referable objects which can be deleted. These referable objects can be selected (one by one) and deleted from the user disk.

▼▼▼▼ To delete PDL ROs sequential from the hard disk:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘RO-OPER’ and ‘DELFROMHD’.3 Select ‘PDLGLOBAL’ or ‘PDLLOCAL’ .4 Select the PDL-type from which you want to delete a referable object.5 Select the referable object type you want to delete.6 Select ‘SEQUENT’.

The following line is displayed:Delete xxxxx yyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyy? 1:YES

in which ‘xxxxx’ is the RO number and ‘yy..yy’ the RO name.


Note: The items in the list are represented by a name, which is mostly built up out of attributes from the RO which can be found on the status report, and uniquely describe the RO. Which attributes are used is discussed in the various menu descriptions which are discussed in the chapters below. When no information about the RO can be obtained, the name of the RO file is displayed, enclosed between brackets. This implies that the RO is not recognized as a valid RO.

7 Press <1> and <Enter> to delete the RO.

If the RO is deleted successfully, the next RO is displayed and the printer asks you if you want to delete this one too.

If you do not want to delete the RO, press only <Enter>. The next RO in the list is then displayed.

If an RO is already deleted, the following message is displayed:

RO was already deleted !!!

If the RO is not deleted successfully, a corresponding error message is displayed.

The deletion sequence goes on until the list of ROs on the hard disk has ended.

8 You can quit the delete function at any time in the sequence by pressing <Escape>.

9 When you have finished deleting, press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.


Deleting allThe printer will first determine how many referable objects are present which can be deleted.

▼▼▼▼ To delete all PDL ROs from the hard disk:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘RO-OPER’ and ‘DELFROMHD’.3 Select ‘PDLGLOBAL’ or ‘PDLLOCAL’ .4 Select the PDL-type from which you want to delete a referable object.5 Select the referable object type you want to delete.6 Select ‘ALL’.7 When there are no referable objects to delete, then the following message will

be displayed:There are no ROs to delete!

8 When referable objects are available to delete, then the following message will be displayed:Delete all ROs (xxxxx)? 1:YES

in which ‘xxxxx’ is the number of ROs which will be deleted.

9 Press <1> and <Enter> to delete the ROs. The following message appears:Deleting ROs : xxxxx S

in which xxxxx is the deleting status (Wait, Ready or Failed) and S is the blinking segment.

10 If deleting fails, a corresponding error message will be displayed.

Note: The printer needs a minimum number of ROs in order to work properly. Therefore, it is not possible to delete all ROs from the printer. Maintaining this minimum configuration of PDL ROs is handled automatically by the printer by not showing them in the list of ROs that the operator can delete.


Global PDL delete menu descriptions

In this chapter we will explain how you can delete global PostScript ROs (1), PCL5 ROs (2), FOL ROs (3) and IPDS ROs (4). This is only possible if one of the following options is chosen:

1 PostScript PDL is configured for any print context, or JAC PostScript forms or flagsheets are supported.

2 PCL5 PDL is configured for any print context, or JAC PCL5 forms or flagsheets are supported.

3 FOL PDL is configured for any print context, or JAC FOL forms or flagsheets are supported.

4 IPDS PDL is configured for any print context.

Delete global PostScript referable objectsWith this function you can delete the fonts for all PostScript PDLs, thus for Postscript PDLs configured for any print context and for the PostScript PDLs which are configured for form or flagsheet support.

▼▼▼▼ To delete global PS ROs from the hard disk:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘RO-OPER’, ‘DELFROMHD’, ‘PDLGLOBAL’ and ‘PS’.3 Select ‘FONT’.4 Now you can select ‘SEQUENT’ if you want to delete sequential, or ‘ALL’ if

you want to delete all the ROs at once. This has been explained in section ‘Methods for deleting PDL referable objects’ on page 265.

5 If you select ‘SEQUENT’ the following line is displayed:Delete xxxxx yyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyy? 1:YES

in which ‘xxxxx’ is the font and ‘yy..yy’ is the name of the typeface.

The referable objects are sorted alphabetically.


Delete global PCL5 referable objectsWith this function you can delete the fonts for all PCL5 PDLs, thus for PCL5 PDLs configured for any print context and for the PCL5 PDLs which are configured for form or flagsheet support. In the PCL5 PDL only font referable objects can be removed.

▼▼▼▼ To delete global PCL5 ROs from the hard disk:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘RO-OPER’, ‘DELFROMHD’, ‘PDLGLOBAL’ and ‘PCL5’.3 Select ‘OLFONT’.4 Now you can select ‘SEQUENT’ if you want to delete sequential, or ‘ALL’ if

you want to delete all the ROs at once. This has been explained in chapter “Deleting methods for PDL referable objects”.


6 If you select ‘SEQUENT’ the following line is displayed:

Delete xxxxx yyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyy? 1:YES

in which ‘xxxxx’ is the font and ‘yy..yy’ is the PCL identifier and the name of the typeface.

Delete global FOL referable objects

You can delete the following FOL objects through C-KOS:■ 300 dpi bitmap fonts■ outline fonts (speedo and truetype)■ include files■ logos (oce lds, pcx and tiff)■ forms

▼▼▼▼ To delete FOL referable objects:

1 Log on to C-KOS.


OLFONT font name of typeface

SYMBOLSET syms RO identifier and name of symbol set


2 Select ‘RO-OPER’, ‘DELFROMHD’, ‘PDLGLOBAL’ and ‘FOL’.Depending on the available ROs and the configuration of your printer, the following menu options are available to you:■ ‘BFONT’: to delete FOL bitmap fonts■ ‘OLFONT’: to delete FOL outline fonts (speedo and truetype)■ ‘INCLUDE’: to delete FOL include files■ ‘LOGOOCE’, ‘LOGOPCX’, ‘LOGOTIFF’: to delete logos in Océ bitmap

format, PCX and TIFF format■ ‘FORM’: to delete FOL forms.

3 Select the type of referable object you want to delete.4 Now you can select ‘SEQUENT’ if you want to delete sequential, or ‘ALL’ if



in which ‘orientation’ is:■ p: portrait■ rp: reverse portrait■ l: landscape■ rl: reverse landscape

The fonts are sorted by their RO identifier, the other FOL referable objects are sorted alphabetically.


BFONT font RO identifier and name of typeface

OLFONT font RO identifier and name of typeface


LOGOOCE logo name of the logo and orientation

LOGOPCX logo name of the logo

LOGOTIFF logo name of the logo

FORM form name of the form


Delete global IPDS referable objectsYou can delete IPDS include files through C-KOS. The include files deleted with this function will delete the include files for all IPDS PDLs, thus for IPDS PDLs configured for any printcontext.

▼▼▼▼ To delete global IPDS ROs from the hard disk:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘RO-OPER’, ‘DELFROMHD’, ‘PDLGLOBAL’ and ‘IPDS’.3 Select ‘INCLUDE’.4 Now you can select ‘SEQUENT’ if you want to delete sequential, or ‘ALL’ if



in which ‘xxxxx’ is include and ‘yy..yy’ is the name of the include file.

The include files are sorted alphabetically.


Local PDL delete menu descriptions

When referable objects are downloaded, then the downloaded referable objects become only available for the PDL (print context) which is used to download the referable objects. Thus the referable objects have local scope.

In this chapter we will explain how you can delete local referable objects from the following PDL types: PS-1, PS-2, PS-3, PCL5-1, PCL5-2, PCL5-3, FOL-1, FOL-2, FOL-3 and AJCFOL.

This is only possible if the specified print context is chosen (except for AJCFOL: all referable objects which are downloaded are considered local PDL ROs).

You can not delete ROs configured for JAC or flagsheet support locally, because these refer to the global RO delete functions.

Delete local PostScript referable objects

There are several kinds of referable objects which can be downloaded to the PostScript PDL. Only downloaded fonts can be deleted by the key operator.

The PS-1 menu relates to referable objects for the PostScript PDL running in Print Context 1, while the PS-2 and PS-3 menus relate to referable objects for the PostScript PDL running in Print Context 2 and Print Context 3.

▼▼▼▼ To delete local PS ROs from the hard disk:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘RO-OPER’, ‘DELFROMHD’, ‘PDLLOCAL’.3 Select ‘PS-1’, ‘PS-2’ or ‘PS-3’ (Print Context 1, 2 or 3).4 Select ‘FONT’.5 Now you can select ‘SEQUENT’ if you want to delete sequential, or ‘ALL’ if



in which ‘xxxxx’ is the font and ‘yy..yy’ is the name of the typeface.


The referable objects are sorted alphabetically.

Delete local PCL5 referable objects

In PCL5 PDL there are two kinds of fonts which can be downloaded to the printer: bitmap fonts and scalable fonts. Furthermore, symbolsets and PCL5 macros can be downloaded to the PCL5 PDL.

The PCL5-1 menu relates to ROs for the PCL5 PDL running in Print Context 1, while the PCL5-2 and PCL5-3 menus relate to ROs for the PCL5 PDL running in Print Context 2 and Print Context 3.

You can delete the following PCL5 objects through C-KOS:■ bitmap fonts■ scalable fonts ■ symbolsets■ macros

▼▼▼▼ To delete local PCL5 referable objects:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘RO-OPER’, ‘DELFROMHD’ and ‘PDLLOCAL’.3 Select ‘PCL-1’, ‘PCL-2’ or ‘PCL-3’ (Print Context 1, 2 or 3)

The following menu options are available to you:

The referable objects are sorted respectively by their PCL identifier (for BFONT and SFONT), by their number of symbolset or macro.


BFONT font PCL identifier and name of typeface

SFONT font PCL identifier and name of typeface

CSET syms number of symbolset

MACRO macr number of macro


Delete local FOL referable objectsThe only referable objects which can be downloaded to the FOL PDL are include files and forms.

The FOL-1 menu relates to RO for the FOL PDL running in Print Context 1, while the FOL-2 and FOL-3 menus relate to RO for the FOL PDL running in Print Context 2 and Print Context 3.

▼▼▼▼ To delete local FOL referable objects:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘RO-OPER’, ‘DELFROMHD’ and ‘PDLLOCAL’.3 Select ‘FOL-1’, ‘FOL-2’ or ‘FOL-3’ (Print Context 1, 2 or 3)


The referable objects are sorted alphabetically by their name.

Delete local AJCFOL referable objects

In AJCFOL you can delete installed referable objects and downloaded referable objects. The installed ROs that can be deleted are the following:■ 300 dpi bitmap fonts■ 300 dpi PCL soft bitmap fonts■ include files■ Océ LDS logos■ forms

The following ROs can be downloaded to AJCFOL and can be deleted:■ include files■ forms■ formsets■ page instruction files (PIFs)





▼▼▼▼ To delete AJCFOL referable objects:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘RO-OPER’, ‘DELFROMHD’ and ‘PDLLOCAL’.3 Select ‘AJCFOL’


in which ‘orientation’ is:■ p: portrait■ rp: reverse portrait■ l: landscape■ rl: reverse landscape

The fonts are sorted by their RO identifier, the other AJCFOL referable objects are sorted alphabetically.


BFONT font RO identifier and name of typeface

DLFONT font RO identifier and name of typeface



FORMSET frms name of formset

PIF pif name of pif

LOGO logo name of logo and orientation


Proofing JAC referable objects

The proof options allow you to test JAC ROs that are installed on the hard disk. You can print test pages with forms, or print the contents of, e.g., a job ticket. You can proof the following objects:■ FOL forms■ PostScript forms■ PCL forms ■ FOL flagsheets■ PostScript flagsheets■ PCL flagsheets ■ ART files■ tickets■ SIFs ■ LayoutPIFs■ PagePIFs.

Note: You can also proof LayoutPIFs if the JAC version of the Power Print Controller is not installed.

Proofing ARTs, Tickets, SIFs, PagePIFs or LayoutPIFs involves printing the contents of these ROs. They are always printed in the highest valid print resolution of your printer.

Proofing forms implies printing an empty data page overlayed with the selected form.

Proofing flagsheets implies printing a sample flagsheet filled in with descriptive JAC attribute names. For forms and flagsheets you will specify the proof resolution.

The proofing procedures for each object are described in detail in the following subsections.


Proofing formsJAC forms that are installed on the hard disk of the printer can be proofed with the functions in the ‘FORM’ menu. The forms are grouped per PDL. You can choose to proof PostScript forms, FOL forms and/or PCL5 forms, depending on which PDLs are installed on your printer for forms.

The printer runs through the list of forms on its hard disk. You can print a test page for each form in the list. The printer will prompt you to start proofing the next form. Before the actual proofing you can specify at which resolution you want to proof the form.

▼▼▼▼ To proof forms:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘RO-OPER’, ‘PROOF’, and ‘FORM’.3 Select ‘RESMODE’ to set the resolution at which you want to proof the form.

The following line is displayed, showing the current proofing resolution:

Form proof resolution = # (resolution) :

The choices are:

4 Type the number corresponding with the proofing resolution of your choice, and press <Enter> to confirm.The new proofing resolution is displayed.

5 Press <Escape> to return to the ‘FORM’ menu.Depending on the configuration of your printer, the ‘FORM’ menu contains one or more of the following options:■ ‘PSFORM’: for PostScript forms■ ‘PCLFORM’: for PCL5 forms■ ‘FOLFORM’: for FOL forms.

‘#’ ‘resolution’

1 300 dpi

2 600 dpi


6 Select the type of form you want to proof. For each available form of the selected type, the following line is displayed:Proof yyyyy....yyy ? 1:YES

in which yyyyy....yyy is the file name of the form. You can retrieve the file name of these forms on the Status Report.

7 To proof the first form, press <1> and <Enter>, or press only <Enter> to display the next form.If the test page with the form is successfully printed, the next form in the list is displayed:Proof yyyyy....yyy ? 1:YES

If an error occurs, a corresponding error message is displayed. After the last form has been displayed, the message ‘End of sequence!’ appears.


Proofing flagsheets

A flagsheet is a special page containing job attribute values, used for job recognition. The ‘FLAGSHEET’ menu allows you to proof flagsheets that are stored on the printer’s hard disk. The flagsheets are grouped per PDL. You can choose to proof PostScript flagsheets, FOL flagsheets and/or PCL5 flagsheets, depending on which PDLs are installed on your printer for flagsheets.

The printer runs through the list of flagsheets on its hard disk. You can print each flagsheet in the list. The printer will prompt you to start proofing the next flagsheet. Before the actual proofing, you can specify at which resolution you want to proof the flagsheet.

▼▼▼▼ To proof flagsheets:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘RO-OPER’, ‘PROOF’, and ‘FLAGSHEET’.3 Select ‘RESMODE’ to set the resolution at which you want to proof the

flagsheet.The following line is displayed, showing the current proofing resolution:


Flagsheet proof resolution = # (resolution) :

The choices are:


5 Press <Escape> to return to the ‘FLAGSHEET’ menu.Depending on the configuration of your printer, the ‘FLAGSHEET’ menu contains one or more of the following options:■ ‘PSFLAG’: for PostScript flagsheets■ ‘PCLFLAG’: for PCL5 flagsheets■ ‘FOLFLAG’: for FOL flagsheets.

6 Select the type of flagsheet you want to proof. For each available flagsheet of the selected type, the following line is displayed:Proof yyyyy....yyy ? 1:YES

in which yyyyy....yyy is the file name of the flagsheet on the hard disk. You can retrieve the file names on the Status Report.

7 To proof the first flagsheet, press <1> and <Enter> or, if you do not want to proof it, press only <Enter> to display the next flagsheet on the hard disk.If the test page with the flagsheet is successfully printed, the next flagsheet is displayed.If an error occurs, a corresponding error message is displayed. After the last flagsheet has been displayed, the message ‘End of sequence!’ appears.



1 300 dpi

2 600 dpi


Proofing ARTsAn Association Rules Table (ART) makes the association between the identification attributes of a print job and a processing recipe or job ticket for that job. The ‘ART’ function allows you to make a printout of the contents of an Association Rules Table installed on the hard disk. While proofing, the ART is checked for syntax errors.

The printer runs through the list of ARTs on its hard disk. You can print each ART in the list on a page. The printer will prompt you to start proofing the next ART.

▼▼▼▼ To proof ARTs:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘RO-OPER’, ‘PROOF’, and ‘ART’.

For each ART on the hard disk the following line is displayed:Proof yyyyy....yyy ? 1:YES

in which yyyyy....yyy is the file name of the ART on the hard disk. You can retrieve the file names on the Status Report.

3 To proof the first ART press <1> and <Enter> or, if you do not want to proof it, press only <Enter> to display the next ART on the hard disk.If the test page with the ART is successfully printed, the next ART is displayed.If an error occurs, a corresponding error message is displayed. After the last ART has been displayed, the message ‘End of sequence!’ appears.


Proofing tickets

A job ticket contains the processing instructions for a print job. The ‘TICKET’ function allows you to make a printout of the contents of a ticket installed on the hard disk.

The printer runs through the list of tickets on its hard disk. You can print each ticket in the list on a page. The printer will prompt you to start proofing the next ticket.


▼▼▼▼ To proof tickets:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘RO-OPER’, ‘PROOF’, and ‘TICKET’.

For each ticket on the hard disk the following line is displayed:Proof yyyyy....yyy ? 1:YES

in which yyyyy....yyy is the file name of the ticket on the hard disk. You can retrieve the file names on the Status Report.

3 To proof the first ticket, press <1> and <Enter> or, if you do not want to proof it, press only <Enter> to display the next ticket on the hard disk.If the test page is successfully printed, the next ticket is displayed.If an error occurs, a corresponding error message is displayed. After the last ticket has been displayed, the message ‘End of sequence!’ appears.


Proofing SIFs

A Separation Instruction File (SIF) allows you to automatically separate print jobs from each other, in order to have them processed differently. Also, you can split up a print job into several segments, which can again be processed differently.

The ‘SIF’ function allows you to make a printout of the contents of a SIF installed on the hard disk.

The printer runs through the list of SIFs on its hard disk. You can print each SIF in the list on a page. The printer will prompt you to start proofing the next SIF.

▼▼▼▼ To proof SIFs:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘RO-OPER’, ‘PROOF’, and ‘SIF’.

For each SIF on the hard disk the following line is displayed:Proof yyyyy....yyy ? 1:YES

in which yyyyy....yyy is the file name of the SIF on the hard disk. You can retrieve the file names on the Status Report.

3 To proof the first SIF , press <1> and <Enter> or, if you do not want to proof it, press only <Enter> to display the next SIF on the hard disk.If the test page is successfully printed, the next SIF is displayed.


If an error occurs, a corresponding error message is displayed. After the last SIF has been displayed, the message ‘End of sequence!’ appears.


Proofing PagePIFsSometimes the required processing functionality cannot be specified on a job or job segment level. In this case, you can use a Page Processing Instruction File (PagePIF) to specify how a page or page set is to be processed.

The ‘PAGEPIF’ function allows you to make a printout of the contents of a PagePIF installed on the hard disk.

The printer runs through the list of PagePIFs on its hard disk. You can print each PagePIF in the list on a page. The printer will prompt you to start proofing the next PagePIF.

▼▼▼▼ To proof PagePIFs:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘RO-OPER’, ‘PROOF’, and ‘PAGEPIF’.

For each PagePIF on the hard disk the following line is displayed:

Proof yyyyy....yyy ? 1:YES

in which yyyyy....yyy is the file name of the PagePIF on the hard disk. You can retrieve the file names on the Status Report.

3 To proof the first PagePIF, press <1> and <Enter> or, if you do not want to proof it, press only <Enter> to display the next PagePIF on the hard disk.If the test page is successfully printed, the next PagePIF is displayed.If an error occurs, a corresponding error message is displayed. After the last PagePIF has been displayed, the message ‘End of sequence!’ appears.



Proofing LayoutPIFsA Layout Processing Instruction File is used to format unstructured line printer data in the Line Printer Filter. The ‘LAYOUTPIF’ function allows you to make a printout of the contents of a LayoutPIF installed on the hard disk.

The printer runs through the list of LayoutPIFs on its hard disk. You can print each LayoutPIF in the list on a page. The printer will prompt you to start proofing the next LayoutPIF.

▼▼▼▼ To proof LayoutPIFs:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘RO-OPER’, ‘PROOF’, and ‘LAYOUTPIF’.

For each LayoutPIF on the hard disk the following line is displayed:

Proof yyyyy....yyy ? 1:YES

in which yyyyy....yyy is the file name of the LayoutPIF on the hard disk. You can retrieve the file manes on the Status Report.

3 To proof the first LayoutPIF, press <1> and <Enter> or, if you do not want to proof it, press only <Enter> to display the next LayoutPIF on the hard disk.If the test page is successfully printed, the next LayoutPIF is displayed.If an error occurs, a corresponding error message is displayed. After the last LayoutPIF has been displayed, the message ‘End of sequence!’ appears.



Proofing FOL logos

FOL logos that are installed on the hard disk of the printer can be proofed with the functions in the ‘LOGO’ menu.

Proofing implies printing the logo, together with some additional information. The logo is printed in the centre of the test page. The page contains the following information:■ the file name of the logo■ the logo name■ the orientation of the logo (portrait, landscape)■ the resolution used for printing the logo■ the width and height of the logo in micrometers.

The printer runs through the list of FOL logos on its hard disk. You can print a test page for each logo in the list. The printer will prompt you to start proofing the next logo. Before the actual proofing, you can specify at which resolution you want to proof the logo.

▼▼▼▼ To proof logos:

1 Log on to C-KOS.2 Select ‘RO-OPER’, ‘PROOF’ and ‘LOGO’.3 Select ‘RESMODE’ to set the resolution at which you want to proof the logo.

The following line is displayed, showing the current resolution:

Logo proof resolution = # (resolution) :

The choices you have depend on the maximum resolution of your printer.


5 Press <Escape> to return to the ‘LOGO’ menu.The following functions for proofing logos are available:■ ‘LOGOOCE’: for proofing Océ bitmap logos


1 300 dpi

2 600 dpi


■ ‘LOGOPCX’: for proofing logos in PCX format■ ‘LOGOTIFF’: for proofing logos in TIFF format.

6 Select the function corresponding with the type of logo you want to proof.For each logo of this type on the hard disk, the following line is displayed:Proof yyyyy....yyy? 1:YES

in which yyyyy....yyy is the logo name. You can retrieve the logo name and logo file names on the Status Report.Note: For Océ logos yyyyy....yyy is the logo name and the orientation.

7 To proof the first logo, press <1> and <Enter> or, if you do not want to proof it, press only <Enter> to display the next logo on the hard disk.If the test page is successfully printed, the next logo is displayed.If an error occurs, a corresponding error message is displayed. After the last logo has been displayed, the message ‘End of sequence!’ appears.

8 Press <Escape> to return to the menu.9 If required, return to step 6 to proof logos of a different type.

10 When you have finished proofing logos, press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit C-KOS.

Changing the memory configuration When there is not enough memory to print the logo, a logical error will be generated. In order to be able to print the logo, the memory of the specific PDL has to be increased via C-KOS.

The order of the specific PDL for proofing the logo is:1 FOL Flagsheet2 FOL Form3 FOL PDL.

Check the memory configuration according to this order.

287

Océ 8400 Series


Chapter 11The Job Control System

The Job Control System or JCS is a set of special commands that are available while the printer is processing.


The Job Control System

The Job Control System or JCS is a KOS-alike menu that can be entered while the printer is processing jobs. The JCS menu contains a number of functions that allow you to make changes to jobs that are already being printed.

The JCS menu provides the following functionality:■ abort the current print job■ suspend the printer (pausing) at the following print job, allowing you to enter

KOS in between two jobs, e.g. to print a Status Report■ adjust the IPDS PDL shift image values■ resume the printing process while the printer is suspending■ shut the printer down safely while printing.

Attention: Be aware that the user interface handling on the printer engine has priority against the user interface handling on the controller.

The Job Control System 289

Entering and leaving JCS

Entering JCS is possible whenever the printer is not:■ idle■ displaying ‘Suspended’■ displaying the E-KOS menu.

How to make a connection to the printer, and make a selection from a menu, is the same for JCS and C-KOS. See chapter 2 in this manual for all details.

The JCS menus look like the C-KOS menus. You use <Escape> and <Enter> to enter the system.

▼▼▼▼ To enter the Job Control System:

1 Ensure that the printer is not idle, suspended or displaying the E-KOS menu.2 Press <Escape> to switch the printer off-line.

The following message is displayed:Going off-line .......

The printer will finish the pages it was already processing. After that, printing stops and the following message is displayed:Off-line, press LINE to switch on-line

3 Press <Enter>.The JCS menu is displayed:0:EXIT

1:ABORT2:ABORTALL3:SUSPEND

4:OPDS-X5:STANDBY

Now you can press the number of the desired option. The available functions are described in detail in the following sections.

The selected function will be executed after you exit JCS and switch the printer on-line.


▼▼▼▼ To exit JCS:

1 Make sure that the main JCS menu is displayed:

0:EXIT

1:ABORT2:ABORTALL3:SUSPEND

4:OPDS-X5:STANDBY

2 Press <0> and <Enter>.The following message is displayed:Off-line, press LINE to switch on-line

3 Press <Escape>.

The JCS command will now be executed.


Aborting the current job

Sometimes you may want to abort the current print job. While the job is being processed, you can abort it from the printer console.

Attention: If the abort command was given at the moment the document to be aborted was almost ready, it might affect the next document instead.

▼▼▼▼ To abort a job:

1 Enter the JCS menu.The following menu is displayed:

0:EXIT 1:ABORT2:ABORTALL

3:SUSPEND 4:OPDS-X5:STANDBY

2 Select ‘ABORT’ from the menu.The following message is displayed:Abort current job ? 1:YES

3 Press <1> and <Enter> to abort the current job. If you do not want to abort the job, press <Escape> to exit the abort function.

4 If you have pressed <1> and <Enter>, the printer goes off-line and the following message is displayed:


5 Press <Escape> to switch the printer on-line and start aborting the job.While the printer is aborting the job, the following message is displayed:Aborting

Note: At this point you can enter the JCS menu again by pressing <Enter>.

When the job is completely aborted, the printer continues processing the next jobs.


Aborting all jobs

Sometimes you may want to abort all jobs. While a job is being processed, you can abort all jobs via the JCS menu. However, the following jobs can not be deleted:■ jobs in the IPDS channel queue■ jobs in ‘Hold’ mode from all input channels.

To delete the above mentioned job types, use the ‘JOB’ menu option from advanced premature C-KOS. IPDS jobs can also be deleted from the host system.

▼▼▼▼ To abort all jobs:

1 Enter the JCS menu.The following menu is displayed:0:EXIT 1:ABORT2:ABORTALL

3:SUSPEND 4:OPDS-X5:STANDBY

2 Select ‘ABORTALL’ from the menu.The following message is displayed:Abort channel = xx (yyyyyyyy) :

in which ‘xx’ is the sequence number,and ‘yyyyyyyy’ is the channel type identification (ALL, FTP, LP, SOCKET, SERVER, CENTRONICS, APPLETALK, NETWARE).

Note: When you select ‘Centronics’ the jobs from both Centronics input channels will be aborted.

3 Type the number corresponding to your choice and press <Enter>. The following line is displayed:Abort yyyyyyyy jobs 1:YES

4 Press <1> and <Enter> to abort the jobs. Or, if you do not want to abort the jobs, press <Escape> to return to the channel selection menu.

5 After you pressed <1> and <Enter> the following message is displayed:

Aborting jobs...


If you selected an input channel one of the four following messages is displayed after the jobs are aborted:

All yyyyyyyy jobs aborted (xxxx)

In which ‘xxxx’ is the number of aborted jobs.

Aborted xxxx (zzzz) yyyyyyyy jobs!

In which ‘zzzz’ is the total number of jobs, including jobs in ‘Hold’ mode and IPDS jobs.

Aborted xxxx (!) (zzzz) yyyyyyyy jobs!

Not all jobs could be aborted. Switch the printer on-line to continue. If needed, enter ’JCS’ again to abort the job.

Error aborting yyyyyyyy jobs (xxxx)

An error occurred, press <Escape> to return to the channel selection menu.

If you selected ‘ALL’ the following message is displayed:

All jobs aborted (xxxx)

If there were no jobs found in the selected input channel queue, the following message is displayed:

No yyyyyyyy jobs to abort!

or, if you selected ‘ALL’:

No jobs to abort!

6 Press <Escape> to return to the menu, then exit JCS.


Suspending and resuming jobs

Suspending jobs

When you select the JCS ‘SUSPEND’ option, the next document(s) to be printed will be delayed. The delay can be used for, e.g., changing C-KOS settings or printing a Printer Status Report.

▼▼▼▼ To suspend jobs:

1 Enter the JCS menu as described above.The following menu is displayed:0:EXIT 1:ABORT

2:SUSPEND3:OPDS-X4:STANDBY

2 Select ‘SUSPEND’ from the menu.The following message is displayed:

Suspend job ? 1:YES

3 Press <1> and <Enter> to suspend the jobs, or press <Escape> to quit the suspend function.

4 If you have pressed <1> and <Enter>, the printer goes off-line and the following message is displayed:


5 Press <Escape> to switch the printer on-line and start suspending.While the printer is suspending the jobs, the following message is displayed:

Suspending

All started jobs will be printed, and the next job will be suspended.

Note: At this point, you can enter the JCS menu again by pressing <Enter>. You can resume printing as before with the ‘RESUME’ function.


When the next job boundary is received, the following message is displayed:Suspended xxx jobs

where ‘xxx’ is the number of jobs still to be processed. No more jobs will be accepted.Now you can, e.g., change the KOS settings. You enter the KOS menu in the usual way.

6 When suspended, press <Escape> twice to resume the normal processing of jobs.

Resuming jobs

While the message ‘Suspending’ is displayed, you can stop the suspending process and return to the processing state as before.

▼▼▼▼ To resume printing:

1 Press <Enter> while ‘Suspending’ is displayed on the operating panel.The JCS menu is displayed:0:EXIT

1:ABORT 2:RESUME3:OPDS-X

3:STANDBY

2 Select ‘RESUME’.The following message is displayed:

Resume job? 1:YES

3 Press <1> and <Enter>, or press <Escape> to quit the resume function.4 If you have pressed <1> and <Enter>, the printer goes off-line and the

following message is displayed:


5 Press <Escape> to switch the printer on-line.

The normal processing of jobs is resumed automatically.


IPDS shift image

By means of the ‘SHIFT’ function you can set the IPDS PDL default paper shift values during printing.

▼▼▼▼ To set the IPDS shift image:

1 Enter the JCS menu as described above.The following menu is displayed:0:EXIT

1:ABORT 2:SUSPEND3:OPDS-X

4:STANDBY

2 Select the print context that is configured for IPDS (‘OPDS-1’, ‘OPDS-2’ or ‘OPDS-3’).

3 Proceed with the procedure as described in ‘IPDS shift image’ on page 174.4 After adjusting the shift image setting, press <Escape> to return to the JCS

menu.5 Press <Escape> and exit JCS.


Setting the printer in standby mode

You may want to switch the printer off while it is processing jobs. The ‘STANDBY’ function allows you to do so without the risk of damaging the hard disk.

▼▼▼▼ To set the printer in standby mode:

1 Enter the JCS menu.2 Select ‘STANDBY’ from the JCS menu.


Set printer in standby mode 1:YES

3 Press <1> and <Enter> to set the printer in standby mode.The following message appears:

Wait 30 seconds to switch printer off

4 After 30 seconds, press the power switch to switch the printer off.

Attention: Do not switch the printer off within 30 seconds. Hard disk data can be corrupted if the standby process is not complete.

299

Océ 8400 Series


Chapter 12Status Report

This chapter provides an overview of the contents of the Status Report.


An example of a full Status Report

The Status Report is an important source of information for Key Operators and programmers. Most of the information on the Status Report is self-explanatory. However, some parts may need more ample explanation. This is exactly what you will find in this chapter.

The information in this chapter is arranged in the same order as you will find it on the Status Report. The illustrations show a representative Status Report. A detailed description of all parts of the report follows. The numbers between brackets in the text (e.g. 1, 2) refer to the illustrations. At the beginning of the each section, you will find references to the illustration.

The following pages contain all pages of a full status report. It is a report of an Océ 8400 Series printer, configured with a finisher, an output tray and a 20-bin Sorter. The printer supports JAC, and has one print context that is configured for PostScript.

A brief overview

The Status Report consists of the following parts:

Configuration: Generic information on the configuration of the printer: operating system, installed PDLs, input and output devices, and so on.

Settings: Basic configuration of network and interfaces, Page Description Languages, configuration of the Sorter bins, and so on.

Status: Memory partitioning, status of the paper trays

Counters: Print counter and error counters

Referable Objects: JAC ROs listed per object type

PDL Resources: Fonts, symbol sets, PDL ROs (per print context).

AJC/FOL Resources: AJC/FOL fonts, symbol sets.

Status Report 301

Note: The Configuration Report contains the first four items only.The overview of the AJC/FOL settings and resource is only included in the Status Report if your printer is configured for AJC/FOL.

HeaderThe header (1) appears at the top of each page of the Status Report (see figure 36 on page 315).

It contains, from left to right:■ the page number■ the printer type Océ 8400 Series■ the release number■ the printer serial number■ the time of printing and time zone■ the date of printing.


Configuration

For the Configuration part of the Status Report, (see figure 36 on page 315).

This part contains general configuration information. The Configuration part is split up in three sections:■ Power Print Controller: describing the software and hardware configuration■ Engine: describing the ‘mechanical’ parts of the printer■ License information.

Most of the information in this part is evident. However, you will find a few remarks per section below.

ControllerInstalled PDLs (2): The ‘Installed PDLs’ refer to all Page Description Languages that are installed for the print contexts and/or the form and flagsheet functionality.

Note: In the ‘Settings’ part of the Status Report you can retrieve which of these PDLs are used in the print contexts.

Job Automation (3) This particular printer is configured for JAC.

JAC Forms/Flagsheet Support (4): These are the PDLs that are configured for forms and flagsheets.

Status Report 303

EnginePaper Combination (5) Various paper sizes can be loaded in the paper trays.

Printer Resolution (6) The printer is configured 600 dpi.

Deposit Device (7) The printer is configured with a Finisher, Output Tray and a 20-bin Sorter.


Settings

For the Settings part of the Status Report, see figure 36 on page 315 to figure 40 on page 319.

The Settings part of the Status Report lists the configuration parameters that you can set in KOS via the Power Print Controller console, and some additional parameters that only Océ service engineers can change.

The information in this part is roughly divided into three sections:■ Controller: configuration of software and hardware as set in KOS■ Engine: configuration of the mechanical part of the printer■ Deposit Device: configuration of the output device (Sorter or Finisher).

Controller

For the Controller section, see figure 36 on page 315 to figure 39 on page 318.

Network The Network section describes the network as configured in KOS. Confidential information, such as the NetWare password, is not printed on the Status Report.

Interface The Interface section shows the basic configuration of all installed interfaces. Here is some of the information you can retrieve from the Interface section:■ All installed interfaces are currently enabled.■ The FTP timeout mechanism is set 900 seconds (8).

Queue Handling The Queue Handling section describes the print queues per interface. Here is some of the information you can retrieve from the Queue handling section:■ All print queues are released, all queued jobs will be sent to the appropriate

print context (9).■ The LP and Socket interfaces are configured for direct printing. Jobs entering

via other interfaces are spooled.

Status Report 305

Job Automation The Job Automation section shows:■ the current JEC marker■ the currently active ART (10). You will also retrieve this ART in the

Referable Objects part of the Status Report in figure 42 on page 321.■ the currently active SIF per interface (11). You will also retrieve the SIFs in

the Referable Objects part of the Status Report.

PostScript (Print Context #1) This section indicates that the first print context is configured for PostScript. It lists the PostScript defaults as they are set in KOS.

Default PostScript jobs will be printed on paper from the bulk tray (12), single-sided. If a PostScript error occurs, a corresponding PostScript error page will be printed (13).

PCL5 This section indicates that the optional second print context is configured for PCL5. It lists the PCL5 defaults as they are set in KOS.

FOL This section indicates that the optional third print context is configured for FOL. It lists the FOL defaults as they are set in KOS.

Default FOL jobs will be printed on paper from the bulk tray, single-sided. If an error occurs, the error message will be printed on the page where the error occurred.

AJC/FOL This section indicates that the printer is configured for AJC/FOL option. It lists the AJC/FOL defaults as they are set in KOS.

Job Separation Job Separation is enabled. This means that successive documents will be delivered in the finisher tray with a slight offset between two documents. This is called ‘jogging’. In the Sorter, depending on binmap setting ‘Sepdoc’, a new bin will become active.

Logical Error If a logical error occurs, the Océ 8400 Series will print a logical error page.

Accounting The accounting functionality is enabled. The size of the account file is currently 0 Kb.

Security When downloading JAC Referable Objects to the printer, existing JAC Referable Objects with the same name will be overwritten.


Timetable The timetable is used for configuration of the automatic system reboot or standby. The table is built up out of time slots; one for each day of the week. All the time slots are disabled.

Status Report 307

Status

For the Status part of the Status Report, see figure 39 on page 318.

ControllerFilesystem

■ This printer is configured with a 8,500 Megabyte hard disk.■ The ‘Free’ field indicates how much disk space is currently available for

spooling.

Memory A memory of 12 Mb is allocated to the PostScript print context (14). For each type of form, and for each type of flagsheet, 8 Mb of memory is available (15).

Engine

Tray 1, 2 and 3 each have a capacity of 500 sheets of 80 g/m2 paper. The bulk tray has a capacity of 2,200 sheets of 80 g/m2 paper.


Referable objects

For the Referable Objects part of the Status Report, see figure 42 on page 321.

The Referable objects part of the example Status Report lists all JAC referable objects (ROs):■ ARTs■ SIFs■ job tickets■ PagePIFs■ LayoutPIFs■ forms per PDL configured for forms■ flagsheets per PDL configured for flagsheets.

The Status Report groups the Referable Objects by type and sorts them by name.

ID Each JAC RO is preceded by a unique number, which serves as an identifier. You use this number for copying or deleting JAC Referable Objects through KOS.

Name JAC Referable Objects require a unique name. You use this name:■ for proofing JAC Referable Objects through KOS■ as an identifier in, e.g., ARTs or job tickets.

For example, to specify the use of a ticket in an ART:

BLOCK_ART “This_is_an_example”

jobname“f:\\jobs\\*.PS”ticket“ps”

ENDBLOCK

Forms The FOL forms listed here are forms to be used with JAC. FOL forms to be used with FOL only are listed in the FOL Resources part.

Status Report 309

Print context resources

Per print context, the Status Report lists the resources for the PDLs.

PostScript Resources

For the PostScript Resources, see figure 43 on page 322.

There are resident fonts and download fonts.

Resident scalable fonts 43 scalable fonts reside permanently on all Océ 8400 Series printers.

Download fonts Download fonts are fonts that you have downloaded or installed via KOS. Currently, no fonts are downloaded to the printer.

PCL5 Resources

For PCL5, there are:■ resident bitmap fonts■ resident scalable fonts■ resident symbol sets.

Resident Bitmap Fonts There is one resident bitmap font, of typeface Line Printer.

Resident Scalable Fonts There are 45 resident scalable fonts for PCL5.

Resident Symbol Sets There are 46 resident symbol sets for PCL5.


FOL ResourcesFor FOL, there are:■ resident bitmap fonts■ resident scalable fonts■ resident symbol sets■ logos■ forms for use with FOL only (not with JAC)■ include files■ interior styles.

Resident Bitmap Fonts There are 9 resident bitmap fonts of typeface Courier. The fonts differ in size and resolution. A few remarks:■ RO-id: use the unique RO-id number to specify the default FOL font, or use

it as an identifier for the ~F command.■ Typeface: use the Typeface name as an identifier for the ~F command.■ Weight and Style: for a list of the abbreviations used.■ Spacing: all resident bitmap fonts have fixed spacing.

Resident Scalable Fonts A total of 62 resident scalable fonts are available. A few remarks:■ RO-id: use the unique RO-id number to specify the default FOL font, or use

it as an identifier for the ~F command.■ Typeface: use the Typeface name as an identifier for the ~F command.■ Weight and Style: for a list of the abbreviations used.

Resident Symbol Sets A total of 67 resident symbol sets are available.■ RO-id: use the unique RO-id number to specify the default FOL symbol set■ Typeface: use the Typeface name as an identifier for the ~F command.

OCE Logos These are logos in Océ Digitising format:■ Logo Name: use the logo name with the ~LOGO command and to proof the

logo through KOS■ File Name: the file name of the logo■ Orient: the orientation of the logo (P for portrait, L for Landscape)■ Dpi: the resolution of the logo.

PCX Logos These are logos in PCX format. Currently, no PCX logos are installed on the printer:■ Logo Name: use the logo name with the ~LOGO command and to proof the

logo through KOS

Status Report 311

■ Height: the height of the logo■ Width: the width of the logo.

TIFF Logos These are logos in TIFF format:■ Logo Name: use the logo name with the ~LOGO command and to proof the

logo through KOS■ Height: the height of the logo■ Width: the width of the logo.

Forms These are FOL forms to be used with FOL only. They cannot be addressed through JAC. Use the form name with the ~UNDERLAY and ~OVERLAY commands.

Include Files Use the include file name with the ~INCUSE command.

Interior Styles These are the interior styles or fill patterns to be used with FOL. A few remarks:■ Interior Name: use the Interior Name with the ~PID command.■ FileName: the file name of the interior style■ Orient: the orientation of the interior style (P for portrait, L for Landscape)■ Dpi: the resolution of the interior style.


Abbreviations

The Status Report contains lists of fonts per PDL. The tables below list the codes and abbreviations used for the weight and style attributes.

Weight

Weight

UT ultra thin

XT extra thin

T thin

XL extra light

L light

DL demi light

SL semi light

M medium

SB semi bold

DB demi bold

B bold

XB extra bold

BL black

XBL extra black

UBL ultra black

[31] Weight attribute codes used on the Status Report

Status Report 313

Styles for PostScript and FOL

Styles for PCL5

The PCL5 style consists of three parts:■ structure■ appearance width■ and posture.

These parts are combined into one string: structure-appearance-posture, e.g. S-N-U, or OS-E-AI.

Style

U upright

I italic

AI alternate italic

C condensed

CI condensed italic

XC extra condensed

E expanded

OL outline

IL inline

S shadowed

OS outline shadowed

[32] Style attribute codes for PostScript and FOL

Structure

S solid

O outline

I inline

C contour

SS solid with shadow

OS outline shadowed

[33] Structure attribute codes for PCL5


IS inline shadowed

CS contour with shadow

Appearance width

N normal

C condensed

XC extra condensed (compressed)

EC extra compressed

UC ultra compressed

E expanded

EE extra expanded

[34] Appearance width attribute codes for PCL5

Posture

U upright

I italic

AI alternate italic

[35] Posture attribute codes for PCL5

Structure

[33] Structure attribute codes for PCL5 (continued)

Status Report 315

[36] Page 1 of a Status Report

1

2

4

5

7

3

6



13

12

8

9

10

11

Status Report 317




1514

Status Report 319


Status Report 321


323

Océ 8400 Series


Appendix AOverviews and tables


Factory defaults

The printer is to factory defaults when in SDS the controller is defaulted and the current configuration is overruled. It is recommended to make a backup of the configuration before the printer is set to the factory defaults.

General configuration defaults

General configuration defaults

Print logical error page enabled

Accounting disabled

Accounting format 8445

Manual feed timeout 60 seconds

User interaction timeout 60 seconds

Time zone GMT – 1

[44] General configuration defaults

Timetable defaults

Sunday-Monday...........Saturday disabled

Day time (hours) 00

Day time (minutes) 00

Day function to execute standby

[45] Timetable defaults

Overviews and tables 325

Communication defaults

Note: The Token Ring network defaults are only applicable if the Token Ring interface is installed on the printer.

General network defaults

Printer name Oce8445 or Oce8465

[46] General network defaults

TCP/IP network defaults

DHCP disabled

Network IP address 192.1.1.1

Network netmask 255.255.255.0

Network routername router

Network router IP address 192.1.1.2

[47] TCP/IP network defaults

Token Ring network defaults

Token Ring IP address 192.1.2.1

Token Ring installed No

Token Ring Mtu size 4096

[48] Token Ring network defaults


Note: The PSERVER network defaults are only applicable if the NetWare option is installed on the printer.

Note: The ETHERTALK network defaults are only applicable if the EtherTalk option is installed on the printer.

PSERVER network defaults

NetWare serial number 1

NetWare print server password not defined

NetWare ethernet type ethernet_ii

NetWare Network Address 1

NetWare FILESERVER NAME NETWARE_FS

NetWare queue name #1 NETWARE_Q

NetWare queue name #2 not defined



[49] PSERVER network defaults

EtherTalk network defaults

Zone Name NoZone

Serial Number NoSerial

[50] EtherTalk network defaults

EtherTalk network-related defaults

EtherTalk installed no

EtherTalk communication disabled

[51] EtherTalk network-related defaults

SNMP network defaults

SNMP installed no

SNMP community name oce_operator

SNMP trap destination 0.0.0.0

[52] SNMP network defaults


Note: The lpheader flagsheet file is set to the factory default version.

TCP/IP network-related interface defaults

FTP installed no

FTP communication disabled

FTP connection timeout 900 seconds

FTP ask dummy password disabled

LP installed no

LP communication: disabled

LP headerpage printing conform LP Protocol (on request)

LP headerpage lpheader (fixed name)

LP headerpage tray 1

Server installed no

Server communication disabled

Server TCP port 6001

Socket installed no

Socket communication disabled

Socket TCP port 7500

Socket bi-directional no

Socket parse support no

Socket echo LF to CRLF for parse support

[53] TCP/IP network-related interface defaults


Note: These defaults are only applicable if the NetWare option is installed on the printer. The NWheader flagsheet file is set to the factory default version.

Note: The Centronics interface defaults are only applicable if the optional Centronics board is installed on the printer.

IPX/SPX network-related defaults

NetWare installed no

NetWare communication disabled

NetWare headerpage suppression conform NW protocol

NetWare headerpage mwheader (fixed name)

NetWare papertray headerpage 1

[54] IPX/SPX network-related defaults

Centronics interface defaults

Centronics #1 installed no

Centronics #1 communication disabled

Centronics #1 timeout 10 seconds

Centronics #1 retour signals yes

Centronics #2 installed no

Centronics #2 communication disabled

Centronics #2 timeout 10 seconds

Centronics #2 retour signals yes

[55] Centronics interface defaults


Queuing defaults

Job Automation Control defaults

Note: The default.art is set to the default version. This version matches always

Queuing defaults

FTP queue state released

FTP queue handling print while spool

LP queue state released

LP queue handling direct printing

Printlink queue state released

Printlink queue handling print while spool

Socket queue state released

Socket queue handling print while spool

EtherTalk queue state released

EtherTalk queue handling direct printing

NetWare queue state released

NetWare queue handling direct printing

Centronics #1 queue state released

Centronics #1 queue handling print while spool

Centronics #2 queue state released

Centronics #2 queue handling print while spool

[56] Queuing defaults

General JAC defaults

JEC marker *jec

Association Rules Table default.art

JAC job separation enabled

JAC overwrite objects enabled

[57] General JAC defaults


with the identification attributes and no specific ticket is used for the processing of the job.

Note: The default.sif is empty.

Interface-specific JAC defaults

FTP SIF default.sif

LP SIF default.sif

Server SIF none

Socket SIF default.sif

Socket page length 0 lines

Socket carriage return type linebreak

NetWare SIF default.sif

EtherTalk SIF <none>

Centronics #1 SIF default.sif

Centronics #1 page length 0 lines

Centronics #1 carriage return type linebreak

Centronics #1 hostdata type ASCII

Centronics #2 SIF default.sif

Centronics #2 page length 0 lines

Centronics #2 carriage return type linebreak

Centronics #2 hostdata type ASCII

[58] Interface-specific JAC defaults


PostScript configuration defaults

PostScript configuration defaults

PS paper tray 4

PS duplex off

PS tumble off

PS wait timeout 0 seconds (disabled)

PS job timeout 0 seconds (disabled)

PS output bin 1

PS staple off

PS jog off

PS error page enabled

[59] PostScript configuration defaults


PCL5 configuration defaults

PCL5 configuration defaults

PCL5 paper tray 4

PCL5 duplex off

PCL5 binding long edge

PCL5 bin 1

PCl5 staple off

PCL5 jog off

PCL5 font number 24 (Courier)

PCL5 symbol set 341 (PC-8)

PCL5 vmi 200 x 1/1200" (equivalent to 6 lpi)

PCL5 fontpitch 1000 x 1/100" (equivalent to 10 cpi)

PCL5 font size 1200 x 1/7200"

PCL5 orientation portrait

PCL5 paper size A4

PCL5 font smoothing on

PCL5 bitmap font fattening on

PCL5 raster fattening on

PCL5 line fattening on

PCL5 single scan fattening off

PCL5 horizontal offset 6 mm

PCL5 empty page processing print page

PCL5 line termination CR → CR, LF → LF, FF → FF(transparent)

PCL5 download mode permanent

[60] PCL5 configuration defaults


FOL configuration defaults

FOL configuration defaults

FOL marker 126 (ASCII tilde: ~)

FOL form length 0 lines

FOL orientation portrait

FOL formfeed handling page end

FOL carriage return handling newline

FOL text line separator 47 (ASCII slash: /)

FOL font type bitmap font

FOL font number 1896 (Courier 10)

FOL font size 0 (not for bitmap font)

FOL point size didot (not for bitmap font)

FOL character set 2049 (Standard)

FOL left margin 25400 µm

FOL right margin 25400 µm

FOL top margin 25400 µm

FOL bottom margin 25400 µm

FOL paper tray 4

FOL duplex off

FOL bin 1

FOL staple off

FOL jog off

FOL multiple-up one-up

FOL paper size A4

FOL error page current page

FOL LinePrinter filtertype lpfascii

[61] FOL configuration defaults


TIFF configuration defaults

TIFF configuration defaults

TIFF default pagesize 0 (Best fit)

TIFF default papertray 4

TIFF default outputbin 1

TIFF default staple off

TIFF default jog off

TIFF default duplex off

TIFF default tumble off

TIFF errorpage on

TIFF default clipwindow 8 (Centre)

TIFF default renderoffset 8 (Centre)

[62] TIFF configuration defaults


IPDS configuration defaults

IPDS configuration defaults

IPDS measurement hundreths_of_inches (with typo!)

IPDS image defaults

IPDS logical page increment 0

IPDS font capture off

IPDS fattening off

IPDS printer defaults

IPDS IBM emulation 3160

IPDS data resolution 300

IPDS online ready statement online

IPDS port number 5001

IPDS tray list defaults

IPDS number of trays 0

IPDS default tray -1

IPDS default bin -1

IPDS tray item defaults

IPDS logical tray number x (Tray number to which the settings below apply)

IPDS horizontal shift, front 0

IPDS vertical shift, front 0

IPDS horizontal shift, rear 0

IPDS vertical shift, rear 0

[63] IPDS configuration defaults


AJC/FOL configuration defaults

AJCFOL general defaults

AJCFOL duplex off

AJCFOL multiple-up one-up

AJCFOL paper size A4

AJCFOL paper tray 4

AJCFOL bin 1

AJCFOL staple off

AJCFOL jog off

AJCFOL error page current page and error page

AJCFOL finish mode feedout and reset

[64] AJCFOL general defaults

AJCFOL configuration defaults

AJCFOL marker 126 (ASCII tilde: ~)

AJCFOL form length 0 lines

AJCFOL orientation portrait

AJCFOL formfeed handling line end

AJCFOL carriage return handling new line

AJCFOL text line separator 47 (ASCII slash: /)

AJCFOL font number 1896 (Courier 10)

AJCFOL character set 2049 (Standard)

AJCFOL export off

AJCFOL import off

AJCFOL PCL escape translation off

AJCFOL left margin 25400 µm

AJCFOL right margin 25400 µm

AJCFOL top margin 25400 µm

AJCFOL bottom margin 25400 µm

[65] AJCFOL configuration defaults


AJCFOL use default PIF off

AJCFOL default PIF name not defined

AJCFOL download configuration defaults

AJCFOL download mode highest (priority)

AJCFOL font fattening on

AJCFOL font conversion om

AJCFOL permanent mode permanent

[66] AJCFOL download configuration defaults

AJCFOL PCL4 configuration defaults

AJCFOL PCL4 orientation portrait

AJCFOL PCL4 form length 60 lines

AJCFOL PCL4 job separation off

AJCFOL PCL4 input resolution dpi75

AJCFOL PCL4 raster fattening off

AJCFOL PCL4 line termination transparent

AJCFOL PCL4 formfeed ignore off (PCL FF ignore)

AJCFOL PCL4 Escape-E PCL reset

AJCFOL PCL4 primary font 1896 (Courier 10)

AJCFOL PCL4 primary symbol set 277 (HP Roman-8)

AJCFOL PCL4 secondary font 1896 (Courier 10)

AJCFOL PCL4 secondary symbol set 277 (HP Roman-8)

AJCFOL PCL4 left margin 0 µm

AJCFOL PCL4 right margin 0 µm

AJCFOL PCL4 top margin 12700 µm

AJCFOL PCL4 bottom margin 12700 µm

[67] AJCFOL PCL4 configuration defaults

AJCFOL configuration defaults

[65] AJCFOL configuration defaults (continued)

339

Océ 8400 Series


Appendix BMiscellaneous


Notation conventions

There are a number of notation conventions used in this manual. This consistent style enables you to quickly become conversant with the use of this manual and consequently the Océ 8400 Series.

Description Each section or subsection contains a description of the feature or operation identified in the title. It might also include possible applications, as well as any guidelines that you should bear in mind.

Procedures A description is followed by a procedure. A procedure always begins with a phrase which briefly describes the procedure, followed by a series of numbered steps that take you, step by step, through all phases of performing the operation.

Figures and tables Figures and tables are titled and numbered sequentially throughout this manual. Figures include pictures of product components, screendumps, examples, and diagrams of concepts discussed in the description.

Attention getters There are several types of information to which we draw your attention. This information is classified as follows:

Note: In a ‘Note’, information is given about matters which ensure the proper functioning of the machine or application, but useful advice concerning its operation may also be given.

Attention: The information that follows ‘Attention’ is given to prevent something (your copy or original, the copier or printer, data files etc.) being damaged.

Caution: The information that follows ‘Caution’ is given to prevent you suffering personal injury.

Miscellaneous 341

Reader’s comment sheet

Have you found this manual to be accurate?❏ Yes❏ No

Could you operate the product after reading this manual?❏ Yes❏ No

Does this manual provide enough background information?❏ Yes❏ No

Is the format of this manual convenient in size, readability and arrangement (page layout, chapter order, etc.)?❏ Yes❏ No

Could you find the information you were looking for?❏ Always❏ Most of the times❏ Sometimes❏ Not at all

What did you use to find the required information?❏ Table of contents❏ Index

Are you satisfied with this manual?❏ Yes❏ No

Thank you for evaluating this manual. If you have other comments or concerns, please explain or suggest improvements overleaf or on a separate sheet.

7137247


Comments:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Date:

This reader’s comment sheet is completed by: (If you prefer to remain unknown, please do fill in your occupation)

Name:

Occupation:

Company:

Phone:

Address:

City:

Country:

Please return this sheet to:

Océ-Technologies B.V.For the attention of ITC User Documentation.P.O. Box 101,5900 MA VenloThe Netherlands

Send you comments by E-mail to : [email protected]

For the addresses of local Océ organizations see : www.oce.com

Miscellaneous 343

Addresses of local Océ organisations

Océ-Australia Ltd.P.O.Box 196Cheltenham VIC 3192Australia

Océ-Österreich GmbHPostfach 951233 ViennaAustria

Océ-Belgium N.V./S.A.Avenue J.Bordetlaan 321140 Brussel Belgium

Océ-Česká republika s.r.o.K. Rysánce 1614754 Praha 4Czech Republic

Océ-Danmark A.S.Kornmarksvej 6DK 26605 BrøndbyDenmark

Océ-France S.A.“La Brèche”3, Rue des ArchivesF-94000 CréteilFrance

Océ Printing Systems GmbHSiemensallee 285586 PoingGermany

Océ-Hungária Kft. P.S.1241 Budapest, P.O.B. 2371135 Budapest, Hun u. 2Hungary

Océ-Italia S.P.A.Via Cassanese 20620090 Segrate, MilanoItalia

Océ Asia Pte. Ltd. P.S.P.O. Box 12602 Kallang Sector, 7th floorSIN-349277 Singapore

Océ Printing Systems SA (Pty) Ltd.P.O. Box 3149Johannesburg 2000South Africa

Océ-Nederland B.V.P.O.Box 8005201 AV ‘s-HertogenboschThe Netherlands

Océ Norge A/SPostboks 53, GrefsenN-409 Oslo 4Norway

Océ España SABusiness Park MAS BLAUC/Osona 2, 2-3a Planta08820 El Prat del Llobregat (Barcelona)Spain


Océ-Svenska A.B.P.O.box 1231S-164 28 KistaSweden

Océ Printing SystemsObstgartenstrasze 25CH-8302 klotenSwitserland

Océ Printing Systems U.K.Ltd.(Loughton)Langston Road, LoughtonGB-Esses IG10 3THUnited Kingdom

Océ Printing Systems U.K.Ltd.(Bracknell)Siemens Nixdorf House OldburyBracknell, Berks RG12 4FZUnited Kingdom

Océ-USA Inc.5450 North Cumberland Av.Chicago, Ill. 60656U.S.A.

Océ Printing Systems USA5600 Broken Sound BlvdBoca Raton, FI 33487USA

Index 345

Index

Aabort (jcs) 291, 292abort all jobs 292abort current job 291accounting 67

clear account file 69copy account file to floppy 68enabling/disabling 67

additional océ documentation 16addtrpdst 93adobe

binary communications protocol (bcp) 112advanced c-kos 23advanced preliminary c-kos 23ajcfol

command marker 206duplex/simplex 207include file 243input paper tray 210interior style 243jog mode 212multiple-up printing 209output bin 211paper size 210pif 243staple mode 212

ajcfol download settings 213download mode 214font information 213font status 213permanent mode 215soft font fattening 216

ajcfol folcarriage return control 231export mechanism 233font and symbol set 229form feed control 232import mechanism 234line separator 232page margins 227page orientation 228

pcl escape sequence interpretation 235pif use 236vertical form length 231

ajcfol pcl4document separation 221end-of-line control 225escape e control 226font and symbol set 219form feed control 224page margins 217page orientation 218raster conversion 222raster fattening 223vertical form length 221

appletalkdiagnostics 98settings 98zone name 98

art 280artname 198asciirep 56askpasswd (ftp) 105association rules table (art)

proofing 280selecting 198

Bbackup

on floppy 52bcp. <emphasis>see adobebidirect 111bin

logical bin 80physical bin 80

bindedge (pcl5) 133binding edge

pcl5 133binmap 80

activate binmap 83document separation 84next bin not empty 85specify default 81user-defined binmap 83

binmap# (define) 83bitmap font

fattening 137


bitmap fontsocé 240, 241pcl4 241

bmaddfont 163bmremfont 165botmarg (fol) 157, 227botmarg (pcl4) 217

Ccarriage return control

ajcfol fol 231fol 151

centronicsretourcom 110timeout 109

c-kos functionality 22clear account file 69clipping 171command marker

ajcfol 206fol 144, 206

configrep 54configuration

interface 109network 88

console settings 20context 114

default 115conversion table

for océ bitmap fonts 240conversion table for océ bitmap fonts 241copy

ajcfol referable objects 260fol referable objects 260jac referable objects 255pdl referable objects 258, 259

copy account file to floppy 68copytoud (accounting) 68copytoud (trace) 76crcntrl (fol) 151, 231

Ddata (copy trace file) 76

data (trace) 70, 71, 72, 74data resolution (ipds) 187dbinmap# 81default font (ipds) 180, 181default output bin (ipds) 189default paper input tray (ipds) 188defaults 59

factory defaults 324defpifuse (fol) 236delete

jac referable objects 262, 263pcl5 referable objects 269pdl referable objects 265, 267, 276ps referable objects 268, 272

delete account file 69delete captured codepage (ipds) 184delete captured fonts (ipds) 184delete installed codepages (ipds) 182delete installed fonts (ipds) 183delfromhd (trace) 77dependent print jobs 117dhcp 91diag 95diag (appletalk diagnostics) 98diagnostic terminal 21diagnostics (appletalk) 98didot 155directory structure (floppy) 49, 244disk drive 48, 244dlmode (ajcfol) 214document separation 61, 84

ajcfol pcl4 221binmap 84

download mode (ajcfol) 214downloading pcl5 fonts 141dummy password 105duplex (ajcfol pcl4) 207duplex (fol) 146duplex (pcl5) 128duplex (postscript) 122duplex (tiff) 169duplex printing

fol 146pcl5 128postscript 122

duplex/simpleajcfol 207

Index 347

Eempty pages

suppressing in pcl5 140enable (accounting) 67enable (interface) 100end-of-line control (ajcfol pcl4) 225end-of-line control for pcl5 139

options 139overruling 139

error pageajcfol fol 237fol 159logical 61postscript 126tiff 170

errpage (fol) 159, 237errpage (postscript) 126errpage (tiff) 170escape e control ajcfol pcl4 226escape sequence

ajcfol fol interpretation 235escereset (pcl4) 226ethernet 94ethernet 89

frame type 94executive 25executive menu 24executive mode

availability 25enter 25quit 26

exit-kos 31export (fol) 233export mechanism ajcfol fol 233

Ffattening

bitmap fonts 137lines 137raster graphics 137scan 137user-defined fill patterns 137

fattening (ajcfol pcl4)raster 223

fattening (ajcfol) 216fattening (ajcfol)

soft font 216fattening (ipds) 177fcb 140ffignore (pcl4) 224ffignore (pcl5) 140file server password 96fileserv 96flagsheet 278floppy

directory structure 49, 244disk drive 48, 244format 49, 247support of fol printer range 248

fntinstal 250fol

carriage return control 151command marker 144, 206duplex printing 146font and symbol set 153font type 152form feed control 151include file 242input paper tray 144interior style 242jog mode 148line separator 150multiple-up printing 159output bin 147page margins 157page orientation 149paper size 145staple mode 147vertical form length 155

fol form 242folflag 279folform 277folmarker 144, 206font

information 213install 250installed 213pcl5 default 134permanent 213pitch tuning 161referable object 240temporary 213


font and symbol setajcfol fol 229ajcfol pcl4 219

font capture (ipds) 178font pitch

pcl5 135font size

pcl5 136font smoothing 136font type (fol) 152fontchar (fol) 153, 229fontnr (pcl5) 134fontpitch (pcl5) 135fonts for pcl5

availability 142download modes 141

fontsize (pcl5) 136fonttype (fol) 152form 277

fol 242support for ajcfol 243

form (delete) 270form control block 140form feed control

ajcfol fol 232ajcfol pcl4 224fol 151

form feed control for pcl5 140form feed control. <emphasis>see empty pagesformat user disk 49, 51, 247formatud 51, 247formcntrl (fol) 151, 232formleng (fol) 156, 231formleng (pcl4) 221formset 243ftp dummy password 105ftp timeout 104

Hheader page

lp header 106nw header 107

headpage (lp header) 106headpage (nw header) 107horoffset (pcl5) 141hostname 92

Iimport (fol) 234import mechanism ajcfol fol 234include (delete fol object) 270include file

ajcfol 243fol 242

input and output devices 14input paper tray

ajcfol 210fol 144pcl5 127postscript 121

installfonts 250jac ros 252pdl ros 253

install codepages (ipds) 178install fonts (ipds) 179installed font 213installed fonts for pcl5 141interactive postscript 24

availability 25interface

configuration 109enable or disable 100maximum number of jobs 103queue handling 102queue state 101relation with context 114selection 117

interface (configuration) 109interfaces (configure)

centronics 109tcp/ip 110

interior styleajcfol 243fol 242

internet addressrouter 92, 93tcp/ip 89

intf-pdl 114ipaddress 89, 92, 93ipds

default codepage and fonts 180default output bin 189

Index 349

delete captured codepages 183delete installed codepages 182delete installed fonts 183fattening 177hardware resolution 173ibm printer emulation 186install codepages 178install fonts 179logical page increment 176paper input tray 188shift image 174shift image (jcs) 174software resolution 187

Jjac (copy trace file) 76jac (trace) 74jacinstal 252jcs 24jec marker 197job automation control 14job automation control (jac) 196

document separation 203overwrite protection 204referable objects 241sif settings 199

job control system 24job control system (jcs)

abort all jobs 292abort current job 291enter 289exit 290ipds shift image 296resume printing 295standby 297suspend jobs 294

job timeout (postscript) 125jobsep (pcl4) 221jobto 125jog mode

ajcfol 212fol 148pcl5 130postscript 124tiff 169

Kkey operator system (kos) 18

changing settings 30guided tour 27logging on 27logging out 30menu tree 32password 27reading information 29selecting menu option 28viewing settings 29

keyboard 21use 21

Llayoutpif 283layoutpif 283leftmarg (fol) 157, 227leftmarg (pcl4) 217limited pjl parsing 112line separator

ajcfol fol 232fol 150

lineend (pcl4) 225lineend (pcl5) 139lines

fattening 137linesep (fol) 150, 232logerror 61logging on to kos 27logging out of kos 30logical bin 80logical error page 61logical page increment (ipds) 176logo

format support (ajcfol) 243format support (fol) 242proofing 284

logooce 284logooce (delete) 270logopcx 285logopcx (delete) 270logotiff 285logotiff (delete) 270


logrep 55lp header

header page 106suppressing 106

lp header paper tray 105

Mmarker 197measure unit (ipds) 186memory tuning 192memuse 192menu tree in kos 32multiple (ajcfol) 209multiple (fol) 159multiple-up printing

ajcfol 209fol 159

Nname

netware print queue 96netware server 96

netmask 89netware

connection parameters 94diagnostics 95network number 95password 96server name 96

netware queueprint queue name 96

network number 95next bin not empty 85nextbin# 85nvsrep 55nw header

header page 107suppressing 107

nw header paper tray 107nwnumber 95nwprintq1 96

Oocé bitmap fonts 240, 241offset for pcl5 141oladdfont 164olremfont 165opds

delete captured fonts 184font capture 177measure unit 185tcp port number 187

operating panel 21orient (fol) 149, 228orient (pcl4) 218orient (pcl5) 131outline fonts

speedo 240, 241truetype 240, 241

output binajcfol 211fol 147pcl5 128postscript 123tiff 167

overwrite 204

Ppage description language (pdl) 120page margins

ajcfol fol 227ajcfol pcl4 217

page orientationajcfol fol 228ajcfol pcl4 218fol 149pcl5 131

pagepif 282pagepif 282paper formats 14paper size

ajcfol 210fol 145pcl5 132

paper traylp header 105

Index 351

nw header 107papersize (ajcfol) 210papersize (fol) 145papersize (pcl5) 132papertray (ajcfol) 210papertray (fol) 144papertray (lp header) 105papertray (nw header) 107papertray (pcl5) 127papertray (postscript) 121parsesupp 112password

kos 27login for file server 96netware 96

pcl4 bitmap fonts 241pcl5

binding edge 133default font 134default symbol set 134downloading fonts 141downloading installed fonts 141downloading permanent objects 141duplex printing 128end-of-line control 139font pitch 135font size 136form feed control 140horizontal offset 141input paper tray 127jog mode 130output bin 128page orientation 131paper size 132pdl clipping and horizontal offset for pcl5

141quality parameters 136, 137staple mode 129suppressing empty pages 140vertical motion index (vmi) 133

pcl5 symbol sets 241pclescseq (fol) 235pclflag 279pclform 277pdl 14

clipping 141memory allocation 192

pdl ros 242

availability 242availability of downloaded ros 242

pdlinstal 253permanent font 213permanent mode ajcfol 215permanent objects for pcl5 141permmode (ajcfol) 215permmode (pcl5) 142pfontchar (pcl4) 219physical bin 80pica 155pif. see printer instruction filepjl

commands 112pointsize 155port 111postscript

duplex printing 122error page 126input paper tray 121job timeout 125jog mode 124output bin 123staple mode 123tumble mode 122

postscript interpreter 24interactive connection 25

ppassword 97preliminary c-kos 23previous 29print context 114printer date 62printer emulation (ipds) 186printer instruction file

ajcfol 243printer instruction file (pif)

use in ajcfol fol 236printer name 88printer status

enable/disable centronics signal lines 110printer time 62printer timezone 63printing

direct 102printing speed 14printname 88product specifications 300proofing referable objects


changing memory configuration for fol logos 285

proof art 280proof flagsheet 278proof fol logo 284proof form 277proof layoutpif 283proof pagepif 282proof sif 281proof ticket 281

ps> prompt 25psflag 279psform 277

Qqhandling 102qmaxjobs 103qstate 101quality parameters pcl5 136, 137qualparms 137qualparms (pcl5) 136queue

name 96queue handling

<emphasis>see also spool

Rrange (copy jac ro) 256range (delete jac ro) 263rastconv (pcl4) 222raster conversion ajcfol pcl4 222raster graphic fattening (pcl5) 137rastfat (pcl4) 223referable object

font 240jac 241

referable objects (ros)copy ajcfol ros 260copy all pdl ros 259copy fol ros 260copy range of jac ros 256copy sequence of jac ros 255copy sequence of pdl ros 258

delete all pdl ros 267delete global pcl5 ros 269delete global ps ros 268delete local ps ros 272delete range of jac ros 263delete sequence of jac ros 262delete sequence of pdl ros 265deleting pdl objects 276number 241pdl 242

release number software 58releaseno 58remtrpdst 94rendering 172reports

ascii report 56configuration report 54logging report 55nvs report 55total report 54

resmode (ipds) 173resmode (print context) 60resmode (proof flagsheet) 278resmode (proof form) 277resmode (proof logo) 284resolution 14

default 60printing forms and flagsheets 60

resume (jcs) 295resume printing 295retourcom 110return communication (centronics)

enabling/disabling 110rightmarg (fol) 157, 227rightmarg (pcl4) 217ro number 241router 92

host name 92internet address 92, 93

Sscan

fattening 137selbinmap 83separate (jac) 203separate documents

Index 353

in finisher 203in mailbox system 84

separation instruction file. see sifsepdoc# (binmap) 85sequent (copy jac ro) 255sequent (delete jac ro) 262serial configuration 110serial number 57serialno 57server name 96setdate 62setdefpif (fol) 236settime 62settings (appletalk) 98settune 163sfontchar (pcl4) 219shift image (ipds) 174sif 281

carriage return type for interface 201select sif for interface 200sif page length for interface 201

sifcrret 201sifname 200sifpagel 201smoothing 300 to 600 dpi fonts 136snmp 93

community name 93remove trap destination 94set trap destination 93

soft font 213, 241sortmode# 86specifications

product 300speedo outline fonts 240, 241spool

no spooling 102print while spool 102spool then print 102

standbywhile printing (jcs) 297

standby (jcs) 297staple (ajcfol) 212staple (pcl5) 129, 147staple (postscript) 123staple (tiff) 168staple mode

ajcfol 212fol 147

pcl5 129postscript 123tiff 168

status reportdescription 300

stop 75suspend (jcs) 294suspend jobs 294symbol set

pcl5 134, 241symbolset (pcl5) 135system administrators 15

Ttcp port

number 111tcp port number(ipds) 188tcp/ip

bi-directional mode 111parse support 112port 111

telnet session 20temporary font 213terminal device

screen 23test page

art 280flagsheet 278form 277layoutpif 283logo 284pagepif 282sif 281ticket 281

testpage 161ticket 281ticket 281tiff

clipping 171error page 170jog mode 169output bin 167papertray 167rendering 172staple mode 168tumble mode 170


timeoutcentronics 109ftp 104

timeout (centronics) 109timeout (ftp) 104timeout for postscript

job 125timetable 65, 66timetable

enabling or disabling the timeslot 65setting the function (reboot or shutdown) 66setting the time of the timeslot 65

timezone 63timezone (default) 63token ring 91top 29topmarg (fol) 157, 227topmarg (pcl4) 217totalrep 54tracing data

jac-related data 70user data 70

traymap 64truetype fonts 240, 241tumble 122, 170tumble mode 122, 170tunepitch 161tuning memory 192type 1 240type 3 240

Uuser disk

directory structure 49, 244disk drive 48, 244format 49, 247support of fol printer range 248

user interfaces 18

Vvertical form length

ajcfol fol 231ajcfol pcl4 221

fol 155vertical motion index (vmi)

pcl5 133vmi (pcl5) 133vt100 terminal 20

Zzone name (appletalk) 98zonename (appletalk zone name) 98

océ 8400 series - files.oceusa.com

Documents